WO2023167026A1 - Diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, pigment composition, colored composition, color filter, and sensor - Google Patents

Diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, pigment composition, colored composition, color filter, and sensor Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023167026A1
WO2023167026A1 PCT/JP2023/005890 JP2023005890W WO2023167026A1 WO 2023167026 A1 WO2023167026 A1 WO 2023167026A1 JP 2023005890 W JP2023005890 W JP 2023005890W WO 2023167026 A1 WO2023167026 A1 WO 2023167026A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
pigment
coloring composition
meth
acrylate
group
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2023/005890
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
直也 立石
太郎 室星
Original Assignee
東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社
東洋ビジュアルソリューションズ株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社, 東洋ビジュアルソリューションズ株式会社 filed Critical 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社
Publication of WO2023167026A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023167026A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B57/00Other synthetic dyes of known constitution
    • C09B57/08Naphthalimide dyes; Phthalimide dyes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B67/00Influencing the physical, e.g. the dyeing or printing properties of dyestuffs without chemical reactions, e.g. by treating with solvents grinding or grinding assistants, coating of pigments or dyes; Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dyestuff preparations of a special physical nature, e.g. tablets, films
    • C09B67/006Preparation of organic pigments
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, pigment compositions, coloring compositions, color filters and sensors.
  • image sensors such as C-MOS (Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor) and CCD (Charge Coupled Device) has grown significantly. ing. These image sensors generally perform color separation by arranging color filters each having filter segments of additive primary colors of B (blue), G (green), and R (red) on the light receiving elements. is.
  • Color filters for image sensors are required to have thinner films, improved color resolution, and improved color reproducibility. Needed.
  • the concentration of the coloring agent is increased, the coloring agent having a high coloring strength is used, and the like.
  • C.I. I. Pigment Red 254 has been used, but its tinting strength is not sufficient to meet the recent strong demand for thinner films.
  • C.I. I. Pigment Red 272 and the use of diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments such as described in Patent Document 3 have been studied, but there are problems such as poor stability of the dispersion when the concentration is increased and low transmittance at 600 nm or more. there were.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, as a red colorant, which has both high tinting strength and high transmittance and has excellent dispersion stability.
  • Another object of the present invention is to provide a pigment composition, a coloring composition, a color filter, and a sensor using the pigment.
  • the present inventors have achieved both high tinting strength and high transmittance by using a specific diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment as a red colorant, and have excellent dispersion stability.
  • the present invention relates to a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment characterized by being represented by the following general formula (1).
  • a 1 and A 2 each independently represent a five-membered or six-membered ring which may have a substituent, and the atoms forming the rings each independently A carbon atom, an oxygen atom, or a sulfur atom.
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom.
  • the present invention also relates to a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment characterized by being represented by the following general formula (2).
  • R 3 and R 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom;
  • R 5 and R 6 each independently It represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or an optionally substituted phenyl group.
  • the present invention also relates to a pigment composition characterized by containing the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment and a dye derivative.
  • the present invention also relates to a coloring composition characterized by containing the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment or the pigment composition and an organic solvent.
  • the present invention also relates to a coloring composition characterized by further containing a photopolymerizable monomer and/or a photopolymerizable initiator.
  • the present invention also relates to a color filter having a film formed from the coloring composition on a substrate.
  • the present invention also relates to a sensor having the color filter.
  • a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment that achieves both high tinting strength and high transmittance and has excellent dispersion stability.
  • a pigment composition, a coloring composition, a color filter, and a sensor using the pigment can be provided.
  • the present invention is a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment represented by the following general formula (1).
  • a 1 and A 2 each independently represent a five-membered or six-membered ring which may have a substituent, and the atoms forming the rings each independently A carbon atom, an oxygen atom, or a sulfur atom.
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom.
  • R 7 to R 9 are five-membered or six-membered ring substituents, and are each an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a trifluoromethyl group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, or a carbon Examples include alkoxyl groups of numbers 1 to 4, but are not limited to these.
  • alkyl group of the alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may have a substituent may be linear or branched, for example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, butyl group, isobutyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, pentyl group, n-hexyl group, heptyl group, octyl group, decyl group, 1,5-dimethylhexyl group, 1,6-dimethylheptyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group etc.
  • Alkyl group having a substituent includes, for example, trichloromethyl group, trifluoromethyl group, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group, 2,2-dibromoethyl group, 2,2,3,3-tetrafluoro propyl group, 2-ethoxyethyl group, 2-butoxyethyl group, 2-nitropropyl group, benzyl group, 4-methylbenzyl group, 4-tert-butylbenzyl group, 4-methoxybenzyl group and the like, but these include It is not limited.
  • phenyl group which may have a substituent examples include an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a trifluoromethyl group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, and an alkoxyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. phenyl groups having substituents such as groups.
  • phenyl group p-methylphenyl group, 4-tert-butylphenyl group, p-nitrophenyl group, p-methoxyphenyl group, p-chlorophenyl group, 2,4-dichlorophenyl group, 3-carbamoyl
  • phenyl group p-methylphenyl group, 4-tert-butylphenyl group, p-nitrophenyl group, p-methoxyphenyl group, p-chlorophenyl group, 2,4-dichlorophenyl group, 3-carbamoyl Examples include, but are not limited to, a phenyl group and the like.
  • At least one of the atoms forming the five-membered ring or six-membered ring is preferably an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, and the divalent compound represented by the following general formula (1a) Ketopyrrolopyrrole pigments are more preferred.
  • a 1 and a 2 each independently represent a five-membered or six-membered ring which may have a substituent, and the atoms forming the ring each independently A carbon atom, an oxygen atom, or a sulfur atom.
  • Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom.
  • the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment in the present invention preferably has general formula (2) from the viewpoint of coloring power and transmittance.
  • R 3 and R 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom;
  • R 5 and R 6 each independently It represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or an optionally substituted phenyl group.
  • at least one of X 1 to X 6 is preferably an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom
  • X 3 and X 6 are an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. is more preferable.
  • diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment of the present invention are listed below, but are not limited to these.
  • diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments (1-1 to 21) are preferred, and (1-6 to 21) are preferred, and (1-6 , 9-16, 19-21) are particularly preferred.
  • the method for producing the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment of the present invention is not particularly limited, it can be produced most conveniently by a succinic acid diester synthesis method. That is, 2 mol of a benzonitrile compound represented by the following general formula (4) is added to 1 mol of a succinic acid diester in an inert organic solvent such as tert-amyl alcohol in the presence of an alkali metal or an alkali metal alkoxide. , a condensation reaction is performed at a high temperature of 80 to 110° C. to produce an alkali metal salt of the diketopyrrolopyrrole compound, and then water, alcohol, acid, etc.
  • a succinic acid diester synthesis method That is, 2 mol of a benzonitrile compound represented by the following general formula (4) is added to 1 mol of a succinic acid diester in an inert organic solvent such as tert-amyl alcohol in the presence of an alkali metal or an alkali metal
  • diketopyrrolopyrrole compound Various diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments can be obtained by protonating with At this time, the primary particle size obtained can be controlled by the temperature in protonation, the type, ratio and amount of water, alcohol or acid.
  • a 3 represents a five-membered or six-membered ring which may have a substituent, and the atoms forming the ring are each independently a carbon atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom is.
  • R 10 represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom.
  • the pigment composition of the present invention contains the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment and dye derivative of the present invention.
  • a dye derivative is a compound having an acidic group, a basic group, a neutral group, or the like in an organic dye residue.
  • Dye derivatives include, for example, compounds having acidic substituents such as sulfo, carboxy, or phosphate groups, and amine salts thereof, sulfonamide groups, or terminally basic substituents such as tertiary amino groups. compounds, and compounds having neutral substituents such as phenyl groups and phthalimidoalkyl groups.
  • Organic dyes include, for example, diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, anthraquinone pigments, quinacridone pigments, dioxazine pigments, perinone pigments, perylene pigments, thiazineindigo pigments, triazine pigments, benzimidazolone pigments, benzoiso Indole pigments such as indole, isoindoline pigments, isoindolinone pigments, quinophthalone pigments, naphthol pigments, threne pigments, metal complex pigments, azo pigments such as azo, disazo and polyazo.
  • diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments such as indole, isoindoline pigments, isoindolinone pigments, quinophthalone pigments, naphthol pigments, threne pigments, metal complex pigments, azo pigments such as azo, disazo and polyazo.
  • diketopyrrolopyrrole-based dye derivatives JP 2001-220520, WO2009/081930, WO2011/052617, WO2012/102399, JP 2017-156397, phthalocyanine Dye derivatives, JP-A-2007-226161, WO2016/163351 pamphlet, JP-A-2017-165820, Japanese Patent No.
  • dye derivative contained in the pigment composition of the present invention those derived from diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigments, anthraquinone-based pigments, quinophthalone-based pigments, and azo-based pigments as organic dye residues have coloring power, refining efficiency, and dispersion. It is preferable from the viewpoint of stability.
  • the pigment derivative contained in the pigment composition of the present invention is preferably added in an amount of 0 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 20 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment.
  • the pigment composition of the present invention may be prepared by simply mixing a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment powder and a pigment derivative powder, but may be prepared by mixing a dissolver, high speed mixer, homomixer, kneader, roll mill, attritor, sand mill, A method of mechanically mixing pigment powder and pigment derivative powder using various grinders, a method of adding a solution containing a pigment derivative to a water or organic solvent suspension system of the pigment, and depositing the pigment derivative on the surface of the pigment.
  • the pigment composition may be obtained by co-dissolving the organic pigment and the dye derivative in a solvent having a strong dissolving power such as sulfuric acid, followed by co-precipitation with a poor solvent such as water.
  • the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment used in the pigment composition of the present invention is preferably finely divided.
  • the method of refining is not particularly limited, and for example, any of wet grinding, dry grinding, and dissolution precipitation method can be used. etc., and can be miniaturized.
  • the salt milling process is performed by subjecting a mixture of a pigment, a water-soluble inorganic salt, and a water-soluble organic solvent to a kneader, two-roll mill, three-roll mill, ball mill, attritor, sand mill, planetary mixer, or the like in batch or continuous mode.
  • the mixture is mechanically kneaded while being heated using a kneader, and then washed with water to remove the water-soluble inorganic salt and the water-soluble organic solvent.
  • the water-soluble inorganic salt functions as a crushing aid, and the high hardness of the inorganic salt is used to crush the pigment during salt milling.
  • water-soluble inorganic salt sodium chloride, potassium chloride, sodium sulfate, etc. can be used, but it is preferable to use sodium chloride (salt) from the viewpoint of price.
  • the water-soluble inorganic salt is preferably used in an amount of 50 to 2,000 parts by mass, most preferably 300 to 1,000 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the pigment, from the viewpoint of both processing efficiency and production efficiency.
  • the water-soluble organic solvent has the function of moistening the pigment and the water-soluble inorganic salt, and is not particularly limited as long as it dissolves (mixes) in water and does not substantially dissolve the inorganic salt used.
  • a high boiling point solvent having a boiling point of 120° C. or higher is preferable from the viewpoint of safety.
  • the water-soluble organic solvent is preferably used in an amount of 5 to 1,000 parts by mass, most preferably 50 to 500 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the pigment.
  • a pigment derivative may be added, which is very effective in refining and regulating pigments.
  • the amount of the pigment derivative to be used is preferably in the range of not affecting the color tone, that is, in the range of 0.5 to 40% by weight with respect to 100% by weight of the pigment.
  • resin may be added as necessary during the salt milling process.
  • the type of resin used is not particularly limited, and natural resins, modified natural resins, synthetic resins, synthetic resins modified with natural resins, and the like can be used.
  • the resins used are preferably solid at room temperature, water-insoluble, and more preferably partially soluble in the above organic solvents.
  • the amount of the resin used is preferably in the range of 5 to 200 parts by weight per 100 parts by weight of the pigment.
  • the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment By subjecting the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment to a salt milling process, it can be made more uniformly fine, and the coloring power, transmittance, and stability of the dispersion can be improved in a well-balanced manner.
  • the average primary particle size of the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment of the present invention is preferably in the range of 30 to 200 nm. If the average primary particle size is 200 nm or more, the coloring power is high, but the transmittance is low. If the average primary particle size is less than 30 nm, the transmittance is improved, but the resistance is lowered. In addition, when the specific surface area of the coloring agent increases, the cohesive force increases, and the dispersibility and storage stability of the coloring composition deteriorate.
  • the average primary particle size was measured using a transmission electron microscope (TEM) H-7650 manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Co., Ltd. by directly measuring the size of the primary particles from an electron micrograph. Specifically, the minor axis diameter and the major axis diameter of the primary particles of each pigment were measured, and the average was used as the particle diameter of the primary pigment particles. Next, for 100 or more pigment particles, the volume (weight) of each particle was obtained by approximating a cube with the obtained particle size, and the volume average particle size was taken as the average primary particle size.
  • TEM transmission electron microscope
  • the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment or pigment composition of the present invention can be used as a coloring composition by using it in combination with an organic solvent.
  • a binder resin, a resin-type dispersant, and other colorants may be included as necessary.
  • the pigment derivative is adsorbed on the surface of the pigment, and the surface of the pigment becomes polar, and the resin-type dispersant is adsorbed.
  • the compatibility with pigments, dye derivatives, resin type dispersants, organic solvents, and other additives is improved, and the dispersion stability and viscosity stability over time of the colored composition are improved.
  • the coating film has excellent stability over time when the coloring composition is applied to a glass substrate or the like, and the waiting time (PCD: Post Coating Delay) from the application of the coloring composition to exposure and the exposure
  • PCD Post Coating Delay
  • PED Post Exposure Delay
  • the surface of the pigment is adsorbed and coated with the pigment derivative and the resin-type dispersant, it is possible to suppress the precipitation of crystals due to aggregation and sublimation of the pigment when the coating film is heated and baked. Further, variation in development time and development residue are suppressed.
  • the binder resin is a resin having a transmittance of 80% or more in the entire wavelength range of 400-700 nm. Note that the transmittance is preferably 95% or more.
  • binder resins include, for example, thermoplastic resins, thermosetting resins, active energy ray-curable resins, and the like.
  • the active energy ray-curable resin may have an active energy ray-reactive functional group in a thermoplastic resin or a thermosetting resin.
  • binder resins include alkali-soluble resins and the like. Alkali-solubility is for imparting development solubility in the alkali development step during production of a color filter, which will be described later, and requires an acidic group.
  • the binder resin can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • binder resin that can be used in the coloring composition of the present invention will be described in detail.
  • Thermoplastic resins include, for example, acrylic resin, butyral resin, chlorinated polyethylene, chlorinated polypropylene, polyvinyl chloride, vinyl chloride-vinyl acetate copolymer, polyvinyl acetate, polyurethane resin, polyester resin, vinyl resin, alkyd Resins, polystyrene resins, polyamide resins, rubber resins, cyclized rubber resins, celluloses, polyethylene (HDPE, LDPE), polybutadiene, polyimide resins, and the like.
  • Alkali-soluble thermoplastic resins include, for example, resins having acidic groups such as carboxyl groups and sulfone groups.
  • Alkali-soluble thermoplastic resins include, for example, acrylic resins having acidic groups, styrene/styrenesulfonic acid copolymers, ethylene/(meth)acrylic acid copolymers, and the like.
  • acrylic resins having an acidic group and a styrene/styrenesulfonic acid copolymer are preferred from the standpoint of improving developability, heat resistance and transparency.
  • the active energy ray-curable alkali-soluble resin preferably has an ethylenically unsaturated double bond. Ethylenically unsaturated double bonds can be introduced, for example, by methods (i) and (ii) shown below.
  • the resin is three-dimensionally crosslinked by the effect of the active energy ray, thereby increasing the crosslink density and improving chemical resistance.
  • Method (i) is, for example, a copolymer obtained by copolymerizing an ethylenically unsaturated monomer having an epoxy group with another monomer, and adding an ethylenically unsaturated divalent A carboxyl group of unsaturated monobasic acid having a double bond is subjected to an addition reaction. Then, the produced hydroxyl group is reacted with a polybasic acid anhydride to introduce an ethylenically unsaturated double bond and a carboxyl group.
  • Ethylenically unsaturated monomers having an epoxy group include, for example, glycidyl (meth)acrylate, methylglycidyl (meth)acrylate, 2-glycidoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 3,4-epoxybutyl (meth)acrylate, and 3,4-epoxycyclohexyl (meth)acrylate.
  • glycidyl (meth)acrylate is preferred from the viewpoint of reactivity with unsaturated monobasic acid.
  • Unsaturated monobasic acids include (meth)acrylic acid, crotonic acid, o-, m-, p-vinylbenzoic acid, and ⁇ -position haloalkyl, alkoxyl, halogen, nitro, and cyano substituted products of (meth)acrylic acid.
  • Carboxylic acid etc. are mentioned.
  • Polybasic acid anhydrides include tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, succinic anhydride, and maleic anhydride. If necessary, such as increasing the number of carboxyl groups, using a tricarboxylic anhydride such as trimellitic anhydride or using a tetracarboxylic dianhydride such as pyromellitic dianhydride, the remaining It is also possible to hydrolyze the anhydride group.
  • monomers include the following. For example, methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, n-propyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, n-butyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, t-butyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, stearyl (meth)acrylate, lauryl (meth)acrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl (meth)acrylate, isobornyl (meth)acrylate, phenyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate (meth)acrylates such as acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, phenoxydiethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, methoxypolypropylene glycol (meth)acrylate, or
  • an ethylenically unsaturated monomer having a carboxyl group and a part of the side chain carboxyl group of a copolymer obtained by copolymerizing another monomer 2 is a method of subjecting an ethylenically unsaturated monomer having an epoxy group to an addition reaction to introduce an ethylenically unsaturated double bond and a carboxyl group.
  • Method (ii) is obtained by copolymerizing an ethylenically unsaturated monomer having a hydroxyl group with another monomer, and adding an ethylenically unsaturated monomer having an isocyanate group to the side chain hydroxyl group of the copolymer. This is a method of reacting the isocyanate group of the monomer.
  • Ethylenically unsaturated monomers having a hydroxyl group are, for example, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2- or 3-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 2- or 3- or 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, Hydroxyalkyl methacrylates such as glycerol mono(meth)acrylate or cyclohexanedimethanol mono(meth)acrylate can be mentioned.
  • polyether mono(meth)acrylate obtained by addition polymerization of ethylene oxide, propylene oxide, and/or butylene oxide to hydroxyalkyl (meth)acrylate, poly ⁇ -valerolactone, poly ⁇ -caprolactone, and/or poly Polyester mono(meth)acrylates to which 12-hydroxystearic acid or the like is added are also included.
  • 2-Hydroxyethyl methacrylate or glycerol mono(meth)acrylate is preferred from the viewpoint of suppressing foreign matter on the coating film, and from the viewpoint of sensitivity, it is preferable to use one having 2 to 6 hydroxyl groups. is preferred, and glycerol mono(meth)acrylate is more preferred.
  • Examples of ethylenically unsaturated monomers having an isocyanate group include 2-(meth)acryloylethyl isocyanate, 2-(meth)acryloyloxyethyl isocyanate, 1,1-bis[methacryloyloxy]ethyl isocyanate, and the like. be done.
  • alkali-soluble resin examples include, in addition to the other ethylenically unsaturated monomers already described, N-substituted maleimides, alkyleneoxy group-containing monomers, and phosphate ester group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomers. monomers, carboxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomers, and the like.
  • N-substituted maleimides include, for example, cyclohexylmaleimide, phenylmaleimide, methylmaleimide, ethylmaleimide, 1,2-bismaleimidoethane, 1,6-bismaleimidohexane, 3-maleimidopropionic acid, 6,7-methylenedioxy- 4-methyl-3-maleimidocoumarin, 4,4′-bismaleimidodiphenylmethane, bis(3-ethyl-5-methyl-4-maleimidophenyl)methane, N,N′-1,3-phenylenedimaleimide, N, N'-1,4-phenylenedimaleimide, N-(1-pyrenyl)maleimide, N-(2,4,6-trichlorophenyl)maleimide, N-(4-aminophenyl)maleimide, N-(4-nitro phenyl)maleimide, N-benzylmaleimide, N-brom
  • alkyleneoxy group-containing monomers examples include EO-modified cresol acrylate, n-nonylphenoxy polyethylene glycol acrylate, phenoxyethyl acrylate, ethoxylated phenyl acrylate, ethylene oxide (EO)-modified (meth)acrylate of phenol, and paracumylphenol.
  • examples include EO- or propylene oxide (PO)-modified (meth)acrylates, nonylphenol EO-modified (meth)acrylates, nonylphenol PO-modified (meth)acrylates, and the like.
  • the carboxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer the monomers already described can be used.
  • the phosphate ester group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer is, for example, a compound obtained by reacting the hydroxyl group of the hydroxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer with a phosphorylating agent such as phosphorus pentoxide or polyphosphoric acid. be.
  • the coloring composition herein can contain an alkali-soluble resin having no ethylenically unsaturated double bonds in order to adjust the degree of cure of the coating.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the alkali-soluble resin in the present invention is 2,000 or more and 40,000 or less, preferably 3,000 or more and 30,000 or less, and 4,000, in order to impart alkali developing solubility. More than 20,000 or less is more preferable. Also, the value of Mw/Mn is preferably 10 or less. If the weight-average molecular weight (Mw) is less than 2,000, the adhesiveness to the substrate is lowered and the exposure pattern is less likely to remain. If it exceeds 40,000, the solubility in alkali development will be lowered, and a residue will be generated to deteriorate the linearity of the pattern.
  • the acid value of the alkali-soluble resin in the present invention is from 50 to 200 (KOHmg/g) in order to impart solubility in alkali development, preferably from 70 to 180, more preferably from 90 to 170. is. If the acid value is less than 50, the solubility in alkali development is lowered, and residues are generated, resulting in poor pattern linearity. If it exceeds 200, the adhesion to the substrate will be lowered, and the exposure pattern will be difficult to remain.
  • Each raw material used to synthesize the binder resin can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • thermosetting compound in the present invention, a thermosetting compound can be used in combination with the thermoplastic resin as the binder resin.
  • a thermosetting compound reacts during baking of the filter segment and increases the crosslink density of the coating film, so that the heat resistance of the filter segment is improved. Pigment agglomeration during baking of the filter segment is suppressed, and the effect of improving the contrast ratio can be obtained.
  • thermosetting compound may be a low-molecular-weight compound or a high-molecular-weight compound such as a resin.
  • thermosetting compounds include epoxy compounds, oxetane compounds, benzoguanamine compounds, melamine compounds, urea compounds, and phenolic compounds, but the present invention is not limited thereto. Epoxy compounds and oxetane compounds are preferably used in the coloring composition of the present invention.
  • the content of the binder resin used when producing the colored composition is preferably 20 to 400 parts by mass, more preferably 50 to 250 parts by mass, with respect to 100 parts by mass of the coloring agent. When contained in an appropriate amount, a film can be easily formed, and good color characteristics can be easily obtained.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention can contain a resin type dispersant.
  • the dispersant has a colorant-affinity site that has the property of adsorbing to the added colorant and a site that is compatible with the colorant carrier, and adsorbs to the added colorant to stabilize dispersion on the colorant carrier. It works to transform.
  • resin-type dispersants include polyurethanes, polycarboxylic acid esters such as polyacrylates, unsaturated polyamides, polycarboxylic acids, polycarboxylic acid (partial) amine salts, polycarboxylic acid ammonium salts, and polycarboxylic acid alkylamine salts.
  • Oily dispersants such as (meth)acrylic acid-styrene copolymer, (meth)acrylic acid-(meth)acrylic acid ester copolymer, styrene-maleic acid copolymer, polyvinyl alcohol, water-soluble such as polyvinylpyrrolidone Resins, water-soluble polymer compounds, polyesters, modified polyacrylates, ethylene oxide/propylene oxide addition compounds, phosphoric acid esters, etc. are used, and these can be used alone or in combination of two or more. It is not necessarily limited to these.
  • a resin-type dispersant When a resin-type dispersant is used in combination in the present invention, one having an acidic substituent is preferred, and among these, one having an aromatic carboxyl group is particularly preferred because it has a particularly large effect of preventing reaggregation of the colorant after dispersion.
  • a resin-type dispersant having an aromatic carboxyl group WO2008/007776, JP-A-2008-029901, JP-A-2009-155406, JP-A-2009-155406, JP-A-2010-185934 , but not limited to those described in JP-A-2011-157416.
  • the resin-type dispersant is preferably used in an amount of about 5 to 200 parts by mass with respect to the total amount of the coloring agent, and more preferably in an amount of about 5 to 100 parts by mass from the viewpoint of film-forming properties.
  • the colored composition of the present invention can contain other colorants as necessary within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention.
  • Other colorants may be pigments or dyes, and may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Specific examples of other colorants are shown below, but are not limited thereto.
  • red pigment for example, C.I. I. Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 21, 22, 23, 31, 32, 37, 38, 41, 47, 48, 48:1, 48:2, 48:3, 48:4, 49, 49:1, 49:2, 50:1, 52:1, 52:2, 53, 53:1, 53:2, 53: 3, 57, 57:1, 57:2, 58:4, 60, 63, 63:1, 63:2, 64, 64:1, 68, 69, 81, 81:1, 81:2, 81: 3, 81:4, 83, 88, 90:1, 101, 101:1, 104, 108, 108:1, 109, 112, 113, 114, 122, 123, 144, 146, 147, 149, 151, 166, 168, 169, 170, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 181, 184, 185, 187, 188, 190, 193,
  • C.I. I. Pigment Red 48 1, 122, 177, 224, 242, 254, 269, 272, 291, 295, 296, the pigment described in JP-A-2014-134712, the pigment described in Japanese Patent No. 6368844 Yes, more preferably C.I. I. Pigment Red 177, 254, 269, 272, 291, 295, 296, pigments described in JP-A-2014-134712, and pigments described in Japanese Patent No. 6368844.
  • red dyes examples include xanthene-based, azo-based (pyridone-based, barbituric acid-based, metal complex-based, etc.), disazo-based, and anthraquinone-based dyes. Specifically, C.I. I. Acid Red 52, 87, 92, 289, 338 and the like salt-forming compounds of xanthene acid dyes.
  • C.I. I. Pigment Orange 71 and 73 Preferably C.I. I. Pigment Orange 71 and 73.
  • orange dyes and/or yellow dyes examples include quinoline-based, azo-based (pyridone-based, barbituric acid-based, metal complex-based, etc.), disazo-based, and methine-based dyes.
  • C.I. I. Pigment Violet 1 1:1, 2, 2:2, 3, 3:1, 3:3, 5, 5:1, 14, 15, 16, 19, 23, 25, 27, 29, 31, 32, 37, 39, 42, 44, 47, 49, 50 and the like.
  • C.I. I. Pigment Violet 19 or 23 more preferably C.I. I. Pigment Violet 23.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention contains an organic solvent. This facilitates adjustment of the viscosity of the composition.
  • Organic solvents include, for example, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, benzyl alcohol, 1,2,3-trichloropropane, 1,3-butanediol, 1,3-butylene glycol, 1,3-butylene glycol diacetate, 1, 4-dioxane, 2-heptanone, 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 3,5,5-trimethyl-2-cyclohexen-1-one, 3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexanone, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate , 3-methyl-1,3-butanediol, 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butanol, 3-methoxy-3-methylbutyl acetate, 3-methoxybutanol, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 4-heptanone, m -xylene, m-diethylbenzene, m-dichlorobenzene, N,N-dimethylacetamide,
  • organic solvents in the case of coating applications, it is preferable to include an organic solvent having a boiling point of 120°C or higher and 180°C or lower at 1 atm from the viewpoint of coating properties and drying properties.
  • organic solvent having a boiling point of 120°C or higher and 180°C or lower at 1 atm from the viewpoint of coating properties and drying properties.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention can further contain a photopolymerizable monomer and/or a photopolymerizable initiator. Thereby, it can be used as a photosensitive coloring composition.
  • the photopolymerizable monomers contained in the coloring composition of the present invention include monomers or oligomers that are cured by ultraviolet light to form transparent resins.
  • Photopolymerizable monomers include, for example, methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, ⁇ -carboxyethyl (Meth)acrylate, polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di(meth)acrylate, triethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate , phenoxytetraethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, phenoxyhexaethyleneglycol (meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane PO-modified tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane EO-modified tri(meth)acrylate, isocyanuric acid EO-modified di(meth)acrylate
  • the photopolymerizable monomers can contain photopolymerizable monomers having acid groups.
  • acid groups include sulfonic acid groups, carboxyl groups, and phosphoric acid groups.
  • Photopolymerizable monomers having an acid group include, for example, polyhydric alcohols and (meth)acrylic acid esters of free hydroxyl group-containing poly(meth)acrylates and dicarboxylic acids; Examples thereof include esterified products with hydroxyalkyl (meth)acrylates. Specific examples include monohydroxyoligoacrylates or monohydroxyoligomethacrylates such as trimethylolpropane diacrylate, trimethylolpropane dimethacrylate, pentaerythritol triacrylate, pentaerythritol trimethacrylate, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, and dipentaerythritol pentamethacrylate.
  • monohydroxyoligoacrylates or monohydroxyoligomethacrylates such as trimethylolpropane diacrylate, trimethylolpropane dimethacrylate, pentaerythritol triacrylate, pentaerythritol trimethacrylate, dipenta
  • the photopolymerizable monomer can contain a monomer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond and a urethane bond.
  • the monomer is, for example, a polyfunctional urethane acrylate obtained by reacting a polyfunctional isocyanate with a (meth)acrylate having a hydroxyl group, or reacting a polyfunctional isocyanate with an alcohol and further reacting a (meth)acrylate having a hydroxyl group. and polyfunctional urethane acrylates obtained by
  • (Meth)acrylates having a hydroxyl group include 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane di(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, ditrimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, ) acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol ethylene oxide-modified penta(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol propylene oxide-modified penta(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol caprolactone-modified penta(meth)acrylate, glycerol acrylate methacrylate , glycerol dimethacrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-acryloylpropyl methacrylate, a reaction product of an epoxy group-containing compound and carboxy(meth)acrylate, hydroxyl
  • polyfunctional isocyanates include tolylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, diphenylmethylene diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate, polyisocyanate, and the like.
  • the photopolymerizable monomers can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the blending amount of the photopolymerizable monomer is preferably 1 to 50% by mass, more preferably 2 to 40% by mass, based on 100% by mass of the non-volatile matter of the coloring composition. Curability and developability are further improved when blended in an appropriate amount.
  • Photopolymerization initiators are, for example, 4-phenoxydichloroacetophenone, 4-t-butyl-dichloroacetophenone, diethoxyacetophenone, 1-(4-isopropylphenyl)-2-hydroxy-2-methylpropan-1-one, 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenyl ketone, 2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholinopropan-1-one, 2-(dimethylamino)-1-[4-(4-morpholino)phenyl ]-2-(phenylmethyl)-1-butanone, or 2-(dimethylamino)-2-[(4-methylphenyl)methyl]-1-[4-(4-morpholinyl)phenyl]-1-butanone, etc.
  • acetophenone compounds benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, or benzyl dimethyl ketal; benzophenone, benzoylbenzoic acid, methyl benzoylbenzoate, 4-phenylbenzophenone, hydroxybenzophenone, acrylated Benzophenone compounds such as benzophenone, 4-benzoyl-4'-methyldiphenylsulfide, or 3,3',4,4'-tetra(t-butylperoxycarbonyl)benzophenone; thioxanthone, 2-chlorothioxanthone, 2-methyl Thioxanthone compounds such as thioxanthone, isopropylthioxanthone, 2,4-diisopropylthioxanthone, or 2,4-diethylthioxanthone; 2,4,6-trichloro-s-triazine, 2-phen
  • the photopolymerization initiator can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • oxime ester compound In oxime ester-based compounds, the absorption of ultraviolet light causes cleavage of the NO bond of the oxime to produce iminyl radicals and alkyloxy radicals. Since these radicals are further decomposed to generate highly active radicals, a pattern can be formed with a small amount of exposure.
  • the colorant concentration of the coloring composition is high, the ultraviolet transmittance of the coating film may be low and the degree of curing of the coating film may be low.
  • Oxime ester compounds are oximes described in JP-A-2007-210991, JP-A-2009-179619, JP-A-2010-037223, JP-A-2010-215575, JP-A-2011-020998, etc. Ester-based photopolymerization initiators can be mentioned.
  • the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 2 to 50 parts by mass, more preferably 2 to 30 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the colorant. When blended in an appropriate amount, the photocurability and developability are further improved.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention can contain a sensitizer.
  • Sensitizers include chalcone derivatives, unsaturated ketones such as dibenzalacetone, 1,2-diketone derivatives such as benzyl and camphorquinone, benzoin derivatives, fluorene derivatives, naphthoquinone derivatives, and anthraquinone derivatives.
  • xanthene derivatives thioxanthene derivatives, xanthone derivatives, thioxanthone derivatives, coumarin derivatives, ketocoumarin derivatives, cyanine derivatives, merocyanine derivatives, polymethine dyes such as oxonol derivatives, acridine derivatives, azine derivatives, thiazine derivatives, oxazine derivatives, indoline derivatives, Azulene derivatives, azulenium derivatives, squarylium derivatives, porphyrin derivatives, tetraphenylporphyrin derivatives, triarylmethane derivatives, tetrabenzoporphyrin derivatives, tetrapyrazinoporphyrazine derivatives, phthalocyanine derivatives, tetraazaporphyrazine derivatives, tetraquinoxalyloporphyrazine derivatives , naphthalocyanine derivatives, subphthalo
  • sensitizers that are particularly suitable for sensitization. More specifically, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone, 2-chlorothioxanthone, 2,4-dichlorothioxanthone, 2-isopropylthioxanthone, 4-isopropylthioxanthone, 1-chloro-4-propoxythioxanthone, 4,4′-bis (Dimethylamino)benzophenone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone, 4,4'-bis(ethylmethylamino)benzophenone, N-ethylcarbazole, 3-benzoyl-N-ethylcarbazole, 3,6-dibenzoyl- N-ethylcarbazole or the like is used.
  • the sensitizer can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the sensitizer is preferably 3 to 60 parts by mass, more preferably 5 to 50 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the photopolymerization initiator. When contained in an appropriate amount, curability and developability are further improved.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention preferably contains a thiol chain transfer agent as a chain transfer agent.
  • a thiol chain transfer agent By using a thiol together with a photopolymerization initiator, in the radical polymerization process after light irradiation, it acts as a chain transfer agent and generates thiyl radicals that are less susceptible to polymerization inhibition by oxygen, so the resulting colored composition has high sensitivity. Become.
  • polyfunctional aliphatic thiols bonded to aliphatic groups such as methylene and ethylene groups having two or more thiol groups are preferred. More preferred are polyfunctional aliphatic thiols having 4 or more thiol groups.
  • Polyfunctional thiols include, for example, hexanedithiol, decanedithiol, 1,4-butanediol bisthiopropionate, 1,4-butanediol bisthioglycolate, ethylene glycol bisthioglycolate, ethylene glycol bisthiopropio trimethylolpropane tristhioglycolate, trimethylolpropane tristhiopropionate, trimethylolpropane tris(3-mercaptobutyrate), pentaerythritol tetrakisthioglycolate, pentaerythritol tetrakisthiopropionate, trimercaptopropionic acid tris(2-hydroxyethyl)isocyanurate, 1,4-dimethylmercaptobenzene, 2,4,6-trimercapto-s-triazine, 2-(N,N-dibutylamino)-4,6-dimer
  • the thiol-based chain transfer agent can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the thiol-based chain transfer agent is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 3% by mass, based on 100% by mass of the non-volatile matter of the coloring composition.
  • the photosensitivity and tapered shape are improved, and wrinkles are less likely to occur on the coating surface.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention can contain a polymerization inhibitor. This makes it possible to suppress exposure due to diffracted light from the mask during photolithographic exposure, making it easier to obtain a pattern of a desired shape.
  • polymerization inhibitors examples include catechol, resorcinol, 1,4-hydroquinone, 2-methylcatechol, 3-methylcatechol, 4-methylcatechol, 2-ethylcatechol, 3-ethylcatechol, 4-ethylcatechol, 2- Propylcatechol, 3-propylcatechol, 4-propylcatechol, 2-n-butylcatechol, 3-n-butylcatechol, 4-n-butylcatechol, 2-tert-butylcatechol, 3-tert-butylcatechol, 4- Alkylcatechol compounds such as tert-butylcatechol and 3,5-di-tert-butylcatechol, 2-methylresorcinol, 4-methylresorcinol, 2-ethylresorcinol, 4-ethylresorcinol, 2-propylresorcinol, 4-propyl Alkylresorcinol compounds such as resorcinol, 2-n-butylresorcinol, 4-n-butyl
  • the content of the polymerization inhibitor is preferably 0.01 to 0.4% by mass based on 100% by mass of the non-volatile content of the coloring composition. Within this range, the effect of the polymerization inhibitor is increased, and the straightness of the taper, the wrinkles of the coating film, the pattern resolution, etc. are improved.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention may contain an ultraviolet absorber.
  • the ultraviolet absorber in the present invention is an organic compound having an ultraviolet absorption function, and includes benzotriazole-based compounds, triazine-based compounds, benzophenone-based compounds, salicylic acid ester-based compounds, cyanoacrylate-based compounds, and salicylate-based compounds. .
  • the content of the ultraviolet absorber is preferably 5 to 70% by mass based on the total 100% by mass of the photopolymerization initiator and the ultraviolet absorber. When contained in an appropriate amount, the resolution after development is further improved.
  • the total content of the photopolymerization initiator and the ultraviolet absorber is preferably 1 to 20% by mass based on 100% by mass of the non-volatile content of the coloring composition.
  • the adhesion between the substrate and the film is further improved, and good resolution can be obtained.
  • Benzotriazole compounds include 2-(5-methyl-2-hydroxyphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(2-hydroxy-5-t-butylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole, 2-[2-hydroxy-3,5 -bis( ⁇ , ⁇ -dimethylbenzyl)phenyl]-2H-benzotriazole, 2-(3-tbutyl-5-methyl-2-hydroxyphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy- 5′-t-octylphenyl)benzotriazole, 5% 2-methoxy-1-methylethyl acetate and 95% benzenepropanoic acid, 3-(2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)-(1,1-dimethyl ethyl)-4-hydroxy, a mixture of C7-9 side chain and linear alkyl esters, 2-(2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)-4,6-bis(1-methyl-1-phenylethyl)phenol,
  • Triazine compounds include 2,4-bis(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-6-(2-hydroxy-4-n-octyloxyphenyl)-1,3,5-triazine, 2-[4,6 -bis(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl]-5-[3-(dodecyloxy)-2-hydroxypropoxy]phenol, 2-(2,4-dihydroxyphenyl )-4,6-bis(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5-triazine and (2-ethylhexyl)-glycidate ester reaction product, 2,4-bis "2-hydroxy-4- butoxyphenyl"-6-(2,4-dibutoxyphenyl)-1,3,5-triazine, 2-(4,6-diphenyl-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl)-5-(hexyl oxy)phenol, 2-(4,6-diphenyl-1,3,5-triazin-2
  • Benzophenone compounds include 2,4-di-hydroxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-n-octoxybenzophenone, 2,2′-di-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, 2,2'-dihydroxy-4,4'-dimethoxybenzophenone, 4-dodecyloxy-2-hydroxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-octadecyloxybenzophenone, 2,2'dihydroxy-4,4'-dimethoxybenzophenone, 2 , 2′,4,4′-tetrahydroxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxy-2′-carboxybenzophenone and the like.
  • oligomer type and polymer type compounds having a benzophenone structure can also be used.
  • salicylate compounds include phenyl salicylate, p-octylphenyl salicylate, and p-tertbutylphenyl salicylate.
  • oligomer type and polymer type compounds having a salicylic acid ester structure can also be used.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention can contain an antioxidant.
  • Antioxidants prevent the photopolymerization initiators and thermosetting compounds contained in the coloring composition from oxidizing and yellowing due to the heat process during thermal curing and ITO annealing, and improve the transmittance of the coating film. can.
  • the colorant concentration of the coloring composition is high, the amount of the coating film cross-linking component is reduced, so measures such as using a highly sensitive cross-linking component and increasing the amount of the photopolymerization initiator are taken, resulting in strong yellowing in the thermal process. phenomena can be seen. Therefore, by including an antioxidant, it is possible to prevent yellowing due to oxidation during the heating process and to obtain a high transmittance of the coating film.
  • Antioxidants include, for example, hindered phenol-based, hindered amine-based, phosphorus-based, sulfur-based, and hydroxylamine-based compounds.
  • the antioxidant is preferably a compound containing no halogen atom.
  • hindered phenol-based antioxidants hindered phenol-based antioxidants, hindered amine-based antioxidants, phosphorus-based antioxidants, and sulfur-based antioxidants are preferable from the viewpoint of achieving both transmittance and sensitivity of the coating film.
  • the antioxidants can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the antioxidant is more preferably 0.5 to 5.0% by mass based on 100% by mass of the solid content of the coloring composition, because the transmittance, spectral characteristics, and sensitivity are good.
  • a leveling agent is preferably added to the colored composition of the present invention for the purpose of improving the coating properties of the composition on a transparent substrate and the drying properties of the colored film.
  • Various surfactants such as silicone surfactants, fluorine surfactants, nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants and anionic surfactants can be used as the leveling agent.
  • the amount of the surfactant added is preferably 0.001 to 2.0% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the coloring composition of the present invention, and more It is preferably 0.005 to 1.0% by mass. Within this range, the coating properties of the coloring composition, the pattern adhesion, and the transmittance are well balanced.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention may contain only one type of surfactant, or may contain two or more types of surfactants. When two or more types are included, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention may contain a storage stabilizer in order to stabilize the viscosity of the composition over time.
  • Storage stabilizers include, for example, benzyltrimethyl chloride, quaternary ammonium chloride such as diethylhydroxyamine, organic acids such as lactic acid and oxalic acid and their methyl ethers, t-butylpyrocatechol, tetraethylphosphine, tetraphenylphosphine and the like. organic phosphines, phosphites, and the like.
  • the storage stabilizer can be used in an amount of 0.1 to 10% by mass based on the total amount of the coloring agent (100% by mass).
  • the coloring composition of the present invention may contain an adhesion improver such as a silane coupling agent in order to improve adhesion to the substrate.
  • an adhesion improver such as a silane coupling agent in order to improve adhesion to the substrate.
  • adhesion improvers include vinylsilanes such as vinyltrimethoxysilane and vinyltriethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3- (Meth)acrylsilanes such as methacryloxypropyltriethoxysilane and 3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3 -epoxysilanes such as glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyltriethoxysilane, N-2-(aminoethyl)-3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane
  • the adhesion improver can be used in an amount of 0.01 to 10 parts by weight, preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by weight, per 100 parts by weight of the colorant in the coloring composition. Within this range, the effect is enhanced and the balance between adhesion, resolution and sensitivity is good, which is more preferable.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention contains a coloring agent, a dispersing agent, a coloring agent carrier such as a binder resin, and/or a solvent, preferably together with a dispersing aid (pigment derivative or surfactant), kneader, two kneaders. It can be produced by finely dispersing using various dispersing means such as a roll mill, three-roll mill, ball mill, horizontal sand mill, vertical sand mill, annular bead mill, or attritor (colorant dispersion). At this time, two or more kinds of colorants and the like may be simultaneously dispersed in the colorant carrier, or separately dispersed in the colorant carrier may be mixed. If the colorant such as dye has high solubility, specifically, if it has high solubility in the solvent to be used, and if it is dissolved by stirring and no foreign matter is confirmed, it is manufactured by finely dispersing as described above. No need.
  • a photosensitive coloring composition when used as a photosensitive coloring composition (resist material), it can be prepared as a solvent-developing or alkali-developing coloring composition.
  • the solvent-developable or alkali-developable colored composition comprises the above-mentioned colorant dispersion, a photopolymerizable monomer and/or a photopolymerizable initiator, and optionally a solvent, other dispersing aids, and additives. It can be adjusted by mixing agents and the like.
  • the photopolymerization initiator may be added at the stage of preparing the coloring composition, or may be added later to the prepared coloring composition.
  • the colored composition of the present invention is separated from coarse particles of 5 ⁇ m or more, preferably 1 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or more, by means of centrifugation at a gravitational acceleration of 3000 to 25000 G, filtration with a sintered filter or a membrane filter, or the like. It is preferable to remove coarse particles of 5 ⁇ m or more and mixed dust.
  • the coloring composition preferably does not substantially contain particles of 0.5 ⁇ m or larger. More preferably, it is 0.3 ⁇ m or less.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention preferably has a water content of 0.1 to 2.0% by mass or less relative to the total amount of the coloring composition.
  • the water content is more preferably 0.1 to 1.8% by mass or less, more preferably 0.1 to 1.6% by mass or less, relative to the total amount of the coloring composition. If the content of water is sufficiently small within this range, problems with dispersion stability and sensitivity are less likely to occur even after long-term storage.
  • the method of controlling the water content there are no particular restrictions on the method of controlling the water content, and known methods can be used. Examples thereof include a method of producing a colored composition while blowing in a dry inert gas, and a method of adding molecular sieves and dehydrating after production. Among them, the method of manufacturing while blowing dry inert gas is preferable.
  • the water content can be measured by a known method such as the Karl Fischer method.
  • the coloring composition of the present invention contains metal components containing a small amount of Li, Na, K, Cs, Mg, Ca, Fe, Cr, and Zr (hereinafter also referred to as specific metal atoms) in addition to the constituent components of the colorant. sometimes. If there are many metal components containing these specific metal atoms, storage stability may be inhibited, heat resistance may be lowered, and sensitivity may be lowered when prepared in the form of the above-mentioned photosensitive coloring composition. be. In addition, a color filter prepared using a colored composition containing a large amount of metal components containing such specific metal atoms may generate foreign matter, and as a result, tends to cause a decrease in transmittance.
  • the total content of specific metal atoms in the metal component contained in the coloring composition of the present invention is preferably 1 to 1000 mass ppm with respect to the entire coloring composition.
  • the total amount of specific metal atoms contained in the coloring composition of the present invention is more preferably 300 mass ppm or less, particularly preferably 200 mass ppm or less, relative to the entire coloring composition.
  • the lower limit of the total amount of specific metal atoms is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 ppm by mass or more, more preferably 5 ppm by mass or more, relative to the entire coloring composition. If it is within the above range, it is possible to obtain a colored composition capable of suppressing costs, excellent in storage stability, and capable of forming a color filter with little generation of foreign matter and reduction in transmittance.
  • the content of each specific metal atom contained in the coloring composition of the present invention is preferably 100 ppm by mass or less, more preferably 50 ppm by mass or less, relative to the entire coloring composition.
  • metal atoms such as Ni, Zn, Cu, Al, Fe, Pt, and Co are included in part of the colorant structure, these metal atoms not forming part of the colorant structure are present. sometimes. The smaller the number of such metal atoms, the better, and they can be removed in the same manner as the specific metal atoms by the following method. Furthermore, it is preferable that the concentration of Mn, Cs, Ti, Si, Pd, and the like mixed in with materials (for example, catalysts) used in the manufacturing process of various raw materials of the coloring composition is low.
  • Various raw materials contained in the coloring composition or methods for removing metal atoms mixed from the apparatus during the manufacturing process include JP 2010-83997, JP 2018-36521, JP 7-198928, JP JP-A-8-333521, JP-A-2009-7432, a method of washing with water, etc., and the method of removing magnetic foreign matter with a magnet described in JP-A-2011-48736, etc., and a single method or a plurality of methods can be used as appropriate. use.
  • the content of specific metal atoms can be measured by inductively coupled plasma emission spectroscopy (ICP).
  • ICP inductively coupled plasma emission spectroscopy
  • the coloring composition of the present invention may contain toluene, and when it contains toluene, the toluene content is preferably 0.1 to 10 mass ppm.
  • the upper limit of the toluene content is preferably 9 mass ppm or less, more preferably 8 mass ppm or less, and even more preferably 7 mass ppm or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 0.2 ppm by mass or more, more preferably 0.3 ppm by mass or more, and even more preferably 0.4 ppm by mass or more.
  • the color filter of the present invention comprises a red filter segment, a green filter segment and a blue filter segment. Also, the color filter may further comprise a magenta color filter segment, a cyan color filter segment, and a yellow color filter segment.
  • a color filter can be manufactured by a printing method or a photolithography method. Formation of filter segments by a printing method can be patterned simply by repeating printing and drying of a coloring composition prepared as a printing ink, and therefore, as a method for producing color filters, it is low cost and excellent in mass productivity. Furthermore, the development of printing technology has made it possible to print fine patterns with high dimensional accuracy and smoothness. For printing, it is preferable to have a composition that does not allow the ink to dry or solidify on the printing plate or blanket. In addition, it is also important to control the fluidity of the ink on the printing press, and it is also possible to adjust the viscosity of the ink using a dispersant or an extender.
  • the colored composition prepared as the solvent-developable or alkali-developable colored resist material is applied onto the transparent substrate by spray coating, spin coating, slit coating, roll coating, or the like. Depending on the method, the coating is applied so that the dry film thickness is 0.2 to 5 ⁇ m. If necessary, the dried film is exposed (irradiated with radiation) through a mask having a predetermined pattern provided in contact or non-contact with the film. After that, the film is immersed in a solvent or alkaline developer or sprayed with a developer to remove the uncured portion to form a desired pattern, and then the same operation is repeated for other colors to produce a color filter. be able to. Furthermore, in order to promote polymerization of the colored resist material, heating may be applied as necessary. According to the photolithographic method, it is possible to manufacture a color filter with higher accuracy than the printing method.
  • an aqueous solution such as sodium carbonate or sodium hydroxide is used as an alkaline developer, and an organic alkali such as dimethylbenzylamine or triethanolamine can also be used.
  • an antifoaming agent or a surfactant can be added to the developer.
  • a water-soluble or alkaline water-soluble resin such as polyvinyl alcohol or water-soluble acrylic resin is coated and dried to form a film that prevents polymerization inhibition by oxygen. , exposure can also be performed.
  • the color filter of the present invention can be produced by an electrodeposition method, a transfer method, an inkjet method, etc. in addition to the above methods, and the colored composition of the present invention can be used in any method.
  • the electrodeposition method is a method of manufacturing a color filter by using a transparent conductive film formed on a substrate to electrodeposit each color filter segment on the transparent conductive film by electrophoresis of colloidal particles.
  • the transfer method is a method in which filter segments are formed in advance on the surface of a removable transfer base sheet, and the filter segments are transferred to a desired substrate.
  • a black matrix can be formed in advance before forming each color filter segment on the transparent substrate or the reflective substrate.
  • a multilayer film of chromium or chromium/chromium oxide, an inorganic film such as titanium nitride, or a resin film in which a light shielding agent is dispersed can be used, but is not limited to these.
  • thin film transistors (TFTs) may be formed in advance on the transparent substrate or reflective substrate, and then each color filter segment may be formed.
  • An overcoat film, a transparent conductive film, and the like are formed on the color filter of the present invention, if necessary.
  • the color filter of the present invention can also be used for manufacturing color liquid crystal display devices, color solid-state imaging devices, organic EL display devices, quantum dot display devices, electronic paper, and the like.
  • the sensor of the invention comprises the color filter segment of the invention.
  • the configuration of the sensor of the present invention is a configuration provided with the color filter segment of the present invention, and is not particularly limited as long as it functions as a sensor. Examples of the configuration include the following.
  • a plurality of photodiodes constituting a light receiving area of a solid-state imaging device (CCD sensor, CMOS sensor, organic CMOS sensor, etc.) and transfer electrodes made of polysilicon or the like are provided on a substrate, and on the photodiodes and the transfer electrodes, A light shielding film made of tungsten or the like with an opening only in the light receiving portion of the photodiode, and a device protective film made of silicon nitride or the like formed on the light shielding film so as to cover the entire surface of the light shielding film and the light receiving portion of the photodiode, It is a configuration having the color filter of the present invention on the device protective film.
  • the organic CMOS sensor includes a thin panchromatic photosensitive organic photoelectric conversion film as a photoelectric conversion layer and a CMOS signal readout substrate. It is a two-layered hybrid structure in which inorganic materials play the role of extracting signals to the outside, and in principle, it is possible to achieve an aperture ratio of 100% for incident light.
  • the organic photoelectric conversion film is a structure-free continuous film and can be laid on a CMOS signal readout substrate, it does not require an expensive microfabrication process and is suitable for miniaturization of filter segments.
  • Arrangement of the color filters is not particularly limited, and a known method can be used.
  • the acid value of the resin-type dispersant and the binder resin was obtained by potentiometric titration using a 0.1N potassium hydroxide/ethanol solution.
  • the acid value of the resin-type dispersant and binder resin indicates the acid value of the non-volatile matter.
  • Binder resin, weight average molecular weight (Mw) of resin type dispersant The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin is measured using a TSKgel column (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) and equipped with an RI detector (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, HLC-8120GPC) using THF as a developing solvent. Weight average molecular weight (Mw).
  • MALDI TOF-MS spectra were used to identify the compounds used in the present invention.
  • the MALDI TOF-MS spectrum was obtained using a MALDI mass spectrometer autoflex III manufactured by Bruker Daltonics, and the obtained compound was identified by matching the molecular ion peak of the mass spectrum obtained in the negative mode with the mass number obtained by calculation. identified.
  • the amount of the specific metal atom in the coloring composition was measured with an ICP emission spectrometer Varian 720-ES manufactured by Agilent Technologies after decomposing the powder obtained by drying the coloring composition at 180° C. with microwaves.
  • resin type dispersant solution 1 10 parts of methacrylic acid, 20 parts of methyl methacrylate, 90 parts of 2-methoxyethyl methacrylate, 40 parts of tert-butyl methacrylate, 20 parts of n-butyl acrylate, tert- 20 parts of butyl acrylate and 50 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate were charged, and the atmosphere was purged with nitrogen gas. The inside of the reaction vessel was heated to 50° C. with stirring, and 12 parts of 3-mercapto-1,2-propanediol was added.
  • Example 1 (Production of diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (1-1)) 200 parts of tert-amyl alcohol dehydrated with molecular sieves and 153.8 parts of sodium-tert-amyl alkoxide are added to a stainless steel reaction vessel equipped with a reflux tube under a nitrogen atmosphere, and heated to 100° C. with stirring to form an alcoholate. A solution was prepared. On the other hand, 100 parts of tert-amyl alcohol dehydrated with molecular sieves, 84.7 parts of diisopropyl succinate, and 100 parts of benzonitrile compound (1) were added to a glass flask and heated to 90°C with stirring to dissolve.
  • a solution of a mixture of A heated solution of this mixture was uniformly added dropwise to the above alcoholate solution heated to 100° C. over 2 hours with vigorous stirring. After the dropwise addition was completed, heating and stirring were continued at 90° C. for 2 hours to obtain an alkali metal salt of a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound. Further, 300 parts of methanol, 1200 parts of water, and 304 parts of acetic acid were added to a glass jacketed reaction vessel and cooled to -10°C. This cooled mixture was cooled to 75° C. while rotating a shear disk with a diameter of 8 cm at 4000 rpm using a high-speed stirring disperser. The solution was added in small portions.
  • the rate of adding the alkali metal salt of the diketopyrrolopyrrole compound at 75 ° C. while cooling so that the temperature of the mixture consisting of methanol, acetic acid, and water is always kept at -5 ° C. or less. was added in portions over approximately 120 minutes, adjusting the .
  • the resulting red suspension was filtered at 5° C. and washed with 500 parts of methanol and 2000 parts of water to obtain a red paste. This paste was redispersed in 1,600 parts of methanol cooled to 0° C. and 1,600 parts of water, and stirred at 5° C. for 3 hours.
  • Examples 2 to 40 (Production of diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments (1-2 to 40))
  • the benzonitrile compound (1) was changed to a benzonitrile compound of the following general formula (5) in which Z 1 is a substituent listed in Table 2, and diisopropyl succinate and sodium -tert-amyl alkoxide were added in the amounts listed in Table 2 below.
  • Diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments (1-2 to 40) were obtained in the same manner as in Example 1, except that the
  • Example 41 (Production of micronized diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (2-1)) A mixture of 100 parts of diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (1-1), 1000 parts of sodium chloride and 120 parts of diethylene glycol was kneaded at 60° C. for 6 hours using a stainless steel 1-gallon kneader (Inoue Seisakusho). Next, this kneaded product was put into 5 liters of hot water and stirred for 1 hour while being heated to 70° C. to form a slurry. After filtration, washing with 6 L of water was repeated three times to remove sodium chloride and diethylene glycol, followed by drying and pulverization to obtain 95 parts of finely divided diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (2-1).
  • Example 42 to 80 (Production of finely divided diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments (2-2 to 40)) Fine diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments (2-2 to 40) were obtained in the same manner as in Example 41, except that the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (1-1) was changed to (1-2 to 40). .
  • Example 82 (Preparation of finely divided pigment composition (P-2)) A finely divided pigment composition (P-2) was obtained in the same manner as in Example 81, except that the dye derivative A was changed to the dye derivative B.
  • Example 83 (Preparation of finely divided pigment composition (P-3)) A finely divided pigment composition (P-3) was obtained in the same manner as in Example 81, except that dye derivative A was changed to dye derivative C.
  • Micronized diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (2-1) 12.6 parts Dye derivative A 0.7 parts Dye derivative B 0.7 parts Resin type dispersant solution 1 12.0 parts Binder resin solution 1 6.0 parts Propylene glycol Monomethyl ether acetate 68.0 parts With respect to the entire coloring composition (RP-1), the water content was 1.1%, and the total content of specific metal atoms was 190 ppm.
  • Example 145 (Preparation of coloring composition (RP-45)) After stirring and mixing the following mixture uniformly, using zirconia beads with a diameter of 0.5 mm, after dispersing for 5 hours with an Eiger mill (manufactured by Eiger Japan Co., Ltd. "Mini Model M-250 MKII"), 5.0 ⁇ m to prepare a coloring composition (RP-45).
  • Micronized diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (2-9) 12.6 parts Dye derivative A 0.7 parts Dye derivative B 0.7 parts Resin type dispersant solution 1 12.0 parts Binder resin solution 1 6.0 parts Propylene glycol Monomethyl ether acetate 67.0 parts Ion-exchanged water 1.0 parts With respect to the entire coloring composition (RP-45), the water content was 2.4%, and the total amount of specific metal atoms was 190 ppm.
  • Example 146 (Preparation of coloring composition (RP-46)) A molecular sieve was added to the coloring composition (RP-9), and the mixture was allowed to stand for 24 hours and filtered to obtain a coloring composition (RP-46). The water content was 0.4% and the total amount of specific metal atoms was 170 ppm with respect to the entire coloring composition (RP-46).
  • micronized diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (2-9) (Purification 2 of micronized diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (2-9)) In the production of micronized diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (2-9), the same operation as in Example 1 was performed, except that washing with 6 L of water three times was changed to washing with 6 L of deionized water three times.
  • Example 147 (Preparation of coloring composition (RP-47)) Same as the coloring composition (RP-9), except that the micronized diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (2-9) was changed to the compound obtained in Purification 1 of the micronized diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (2-9) to obtain a coloring composition (RP-47).
  • the water content was 1.5% and the total amount of specific metal atoms was 1030 ppm with respect to the entire coloring composition (RP-47).
  • Example 148 (Preparation of coloring composition (RP-48)) Same as the coloring composition (RP-9), except that the micronized diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (2-9) was changed to the compound obtained in Purification 2 of the micronized diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (2-9) to obtain a coloring composition (RP-48).
  • the water content was 1.0% and the total amount of specific metal atoms was 60 ppm with respect to the entire coloring composition (RP-48).
  • the coloring composition using the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment of the present invention exhibits excellent dispersion stability.
  • Example 201 (Preparation of photosensitive coloring composition (RR-1)) The following mixture was uniformly stirred and mixed, and then filtered through a 1 ⁇ m filter to prepare a photosensitive coloring composition (RR-1). The mixing ratio of the coloring composition (RP-1) and the coloring composition (YP-1) was adjusted so that the transmittance at 530 nm of the coating film was 5% when the transmittance at 400 nm was 5%.
  • Coloring composition (RP-1) and coloring composition (YP-1) total 72.86 parts binder resin solution 1 1.40 parts photopolymerizable monomer (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd. "Aronix M-402”) 1 .70 parts Photopolymerization initiator (manufactured by BASF "IRGACURE OXE-02”) 0.17 parts Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 23.87 parts
  • Example 202 to 248, Comparative Examples 201 to 203 (Preparation of photosensitive coloring composition (RR-2 to 51))
  • the coloring composition (RP-1) was changed to the coloring composition shown in Table 5, and the coloring composition (YP- 1) to prepare a photosensitive coloring composition (RR-2 to 51) in the same manner as in Example 201, except that the mixing ratio was changed.
  • ⁇ Dispersion stability evaluation> The dispersion stability of the resulting photosensitive coloring composition was measured in the same manner as for the dispersion stability of the coloring composition, and evaluated in three stages according to the following criteria.
  • the resulting photosensitive coloring composition was coated on a 6-inch glass wafer with a flattening film resist solution (HL-18s: manufactured by Nippon Steel Chemical Co., Ltd.) by spin coating, and pre-baked at 100 ° C. hot.
  • the plate was heat treated for 6 minutes. Further, the coated film was cured in an oven at 230° C. for 1 hour to form a 1.0 ⁇ m flattening film to obtain a wafer with a flattening film.
  • the resulting resist material was applied onto a flattening film-attached glass wafer by a spin coater, and pre-baked by heat treatment on a hot plate at 100° C. for 1 minute.
  • film thickness is less than 0.55 ⁇ m ⁇ : film thickness is 0.55 ⁇ m or more and less than 0.60 ⁇ m ⁇ : film thickness is 0.60 ⁇ m or more
  • Transmittance evaluation> The transmittance of the previous coating film was evaluated in three grades according to the following criteria. ⁇ : Transmittance at 600 nm is 90% or more ⁇ : Transmittance at 600 nm is 85% or more and less than 90% ⁇ : Transmittance at 600 nm is less than 85%
  • Table 5 shows the evaluation results of the photosensitive coloring composition.
  • the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment of the present invention makes it possible to obtain a photosensitive coloring composition exhibiting excellent coloring power, transmittance and dispersion stability.

Abstract

The purpose of the present invention is to provide a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment that has both high coloring power and high transmittance as a red colorant, and further has excellent dispersion stability. Furthermore, the purpose of the present invention is to provide a pigment composition using said pigment, a colored composition, a color filter, and a sensor. The aforementioned problems are solved by a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment characterized by being represented by general formula (1). [In general formula (1), A1 and A2 are each independent and represent a five-membered or six-membered ring that may have a substituted group, and the atoms forming the ring are each independent and may be carbon atoms, oxygen atoms, or sulfur atoms. R1 and R2 are each independent and represent hydrogen atoms, an alkyl group having 1-10 carbon atoms that may have a substituted group, or halogen atoms.]

Description

ジケトピロロピロール顔料、顔料組成物、着色組成物、カラーフィルタおよびセンサDiketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, pigment compositions, coloring compositions, color filters and sensors
 本発明は、ジケトピロロピロール顔料、顔料組成物、着色組成物、カラーフィルタおよびセンサに関するものである。 The present invention relates to diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, pigment compositions, coloring compositions, color filters and sensors.
 近年、デジタルカメラ、カメラ付き携帯電話等の普及から、C-MOS(Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor:相補型金属酸化膜半導体)、CCD(Charge Coupled Device:電荷結合素子)などのイメージセンサの需要が大きく伸びている。これらイメージセンサは、その受光素子上にB(青)、G(緑)、R(赤)の加法混合の原色のフィルタセグメントを具備するカラーフィルタをそれぞれ配設して色分解するのが一般的である。 In recent years, with the spread of digital cameras and camera-equipped mobile phones, the demand for image sensors such as C-MOS (Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor) and CCD (Charge Coupled Device) has grown significantly. ing. These image sensors generally perform color separation by arranging color filters each having filter segments of additive primary colors of B (blue), G (green), and R (red) on the light receiving elements. is.
 イメージセンサ用のカラーフィルタにおいては、薄膜化や色分解性の向上、色再現性の向上が求められており、各色フィルタセグメント形成に用いられる着色組成物には、高着色力、高透過率が必要とされる。特に着色組成物の高着色力化のために、着色剤の高濃度化や高着色力の着色剤使用等が行われている。 Color filters for image sensors are required to have thinner films, improved color resolution, and improved color reproducibility. Needed. In particular, in order to increase the coloring strength of the coloring composition, the concentration of the coloring agent is increased, the coloring agent having a high coloring strength is used, and the like.
 従来、赤色フィルタセグメントの製造には、赤色着色剤としてC.I.ピグメントレッド254が用いられてきたが、近年の強い薄膜化の要望に対しては着色力が満足いくものではなかった。また、高着色力の赤色着色剤としてC.I.ピグメントレッド272や特許文献3記載のようなジケトピロロピロール顔料の使用が検討されているが、高濃度化した際の分散体の安定性が悪い、600nm以上の透過率が低いなどの課題があった。  Conventionally, C.I. I. Pigment Red 254 has been used, but its tinting strength is not sufficient to meet the recent strong demand for thinner films. Also, C.I. I. Pigment Red 272 and the use of diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments such as described in Patent Document 3 have been studied, but there are problems such as poor stability of the dispersion when the concentration is increased and low transmittance at 600 nm or more. there were.
国際公開第2021/166859号WO2021/166859 国際公開第2020/040043号WO2020/040043 国際公開第2019/059075号WO2019/059075
 本発明は、赤色着色剤として、高着色力と高透過率を両立し、さらに、優れた分散安定性を有するジケトピロロピロール顔料を提供することを目的とする。また、その顔料を用いた顔料組成物、着色組成物、カラーフィルタ、およびセンサを提供することを目的とする。 An object of the present invention is to provide a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, as a red colorant, which has both high tinting strength and high transmittance and has excellent dispersion stability. Another object of the present invention is to provide a pigment composition, a coloring composition, a color filter, and a sensor using the pigment.
 本発明者らは、鋭意研究を重ねた結果、赤色着色剤として特定のジケトピロロピロール顔料を用いることにより高着色力と高透過率を両立し、さらに、優れた分散安定性を有することを見出し、本発明に至った。 As a result of extensive research, the present inventors have achieved both high tinting strength and high transmittance by using a specific diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment as a red colorant, and have excellent dispersion stability. The discovery led to the present invention.
 すなわち、本発明は、下記一般式(1)で表されることを特徴とするジケトピロロピロール顔料に関する。 That is, the present invention relates to a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment characterized by being represented by the following general formula (1).
 一般式(1)


〔一般式(1)において、A、Aは、それぞれ独立して、置換基を有してもよい五員環または六員環を表し、環を形成する原子は、それぞれ独立して、炭素原子、酸素原子、または硫黄原子である。RおよびRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~10のアルキル基、またはハロゲン原子を表す。〕
General formula (1)


[In general formula (1), A 1 and A 2 each independently represent a five-membered or six-membered ring which may have a substituent, and the atoms forming the rings each independently A carbon atom, an oxygen atom, or a sulfur atom. R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom. ]
 また、本発明は、下記一般式(2)で表されることを特徴とするジケトピロロピロール顔料に関する。 The present invention also relates to a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment characterized by being represented by the following general formula (2).
 一般式(2)


〔一般式(2)において、X~Xは、それぞれ独立して、-CR-、-C(=O)-、-C(=S)-、酸素原子、または硫黄原子である。RおよびRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~10のアルキル基、またはハロゲン原子を表し、RおよびRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~10のアルキル基、または置換基を有してもよいフェニル基を表す。〕
general formula (2)


[In general formula (2), X 1 to X 6 are each independently -CR 5 R 6 -, -C(=O)-, -C(=S)-, an oxygen atom, or a sulfur atom; be. R 3 and R 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom; R 5 and R 6 each independently It represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or an optionally substituted phenyl group. ]
 また、本発明は、上記ジケトピロロピロール顔料と、色素誘導体とを含有することを特徴とする顔料組成物に関する。 The present invention also relates to a pigment composition characterized by containing the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment and a dye derivative.
 また、本発明は、上記ジケトピロロピロール顔料または上記顔料組成物と、有機溶剤とを含有することを特徴とする着色組成物に関する。 The present invention also relates to a coloring composition characterized by containing the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment or the pigment composition and an organic solvent.
 また、本発明は、さらに光重合性単量体および/または光重合性開始剤を含有することを特徴とする着色組成物に関する。 The present invention also relates to a coloring composition characterized by further containing a photopolymerizable monomer and/or a photopolymerizable initiator.
 また、本発明は、基材上に、上記着色組成物により形成されてなる被膜を有するカラーフィルタに関する。 The present invention also relates to a color filter having a film formed from the coloring composition on a substrate.
 また、本発明は、上記カラーフィルタを有するセンサに関する。 The present invention also relates to a sensor having the color filter.
 本発明により、高着色力と高透過率を両立し、さらに、優れた分散安定性を有するジケトピロロピロール顔料を提供することができる。また、その顔料を用いた顔料組成物、着色組成物、カラーフィルタ、およびセンサを提供することができる。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment that achieves both high tinting strength and high transmittance and has excellent dispersion stability. Moreover, a pigment composition, a coloring composition, a color filter, and a sensor using the pigment can be provided.
 以下に、本発明の各構成成分について説明する。
 なお、本願では、「(メタ)アクリロイル」、「(メタ)アクリル」、「(メタ)アクリル酸」、「(メタ)アクリレート」、又は「(メタ)アクリルアミド」と表記した場合には、特に説明がない限り、それぞれ、「アクリロイル及び/又はメタクリロイル」、「アクリル及び/又はメタクリル」、「アクリル酸及び/又はメタクリル酸」、「アクリレート及び/又はメタクリレート」、又は「アクリルアミド及び/又はメタクリルアミド」を表すものとする。また、本明細書に挙げる「C.I.」は、カラーインデックス(C.I.)を意味する。
Each constituent component of the present invention will be described below.
In the present application, when "(meth)acryloyl", "(meth)acryl", "(meth)acrylic acid", "(meth)acrylate", or "(meth)acrylamide""acryloyl and/or methacryloyl", "acrylic and/or methacrylic", "acrylic acid and/or methacrylic acid", "acrylate and/or methacrylate", or "acrylamide and/or methacrylamide", respectively, unless shall be represented. Moreover, "C.I." mentioned in this specification means a color index (C.I.).
(ジケトピロロピロール顔料)
 本発明は、下記一般式(1)で表されるジケトピロロピロール顔料である。
(diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment)
The present invention is a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment represented by the following general formula (1).
 一般式(1)


〔一般式(1)において、A、Aは、それぞれ独立して、置換基を有してもよい五員環または六員環を表し、環を形成する原子は、それぞれ独立して、炭素原子、酸素原子、または硫黄原子である。RおよびRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~10のアルキル基、またはハロゲン原子を表す。〕
General formula (1)


[In general formula (1), A 1 and A 2 each independently represent a five-membered or six-membered ring which may have a substituent, and the atoms forming the rings each independently A carbon atom, an oxygen atom, or a sulfur atom. R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom. ]
 置換基を有してもよい五員環または六員環は、-CR-、=CR-、-C(=O)-、-C(=S)-、-O-、または-S-からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種から形成される五員環または六員環を表す。R~Rは、五員環または六員環の置換基であり、炭素数1~10のアルキル基、トリフルオロメチル基、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、シアノ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基または炭素数1~4のアルコキシル基などが挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。 The five- or six-membered ring which may have a substituent is -CR 7 R 8 -, =CR 9 -, -C(=O)-, -C(=S)-, -O-, or represents a five- or six-membered ring formed from at least one member selected from the group consisting of -S-; R 7 to R 9 are five-membered or six-membered ring substituents, and are each an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a trifluoromethyl group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, or a carbon Examples include alkoxyl groups of numbers 1 to 4, but are not limited to these.
 上記置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~10のアルキル基の「アルキル基」は、直鎖状でも分岐状でもよく、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、ブチル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、ペンチル基、n-ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、オクチル基、デシル基、1,5-ジメチルヘキシル基、1,6-ジメチルヘプチル基、2-エチルヘキシル基などが挙げられる。また、着色力や分散安定性の観点から炭素数1~5が好ましく、炭素数1~3がより好ましい。「置換基を有するアルキル基」は、例えば、トリクロロメチル基、トリフルオロメチル基、2,2,2-トリフルオロエチル基、2,2-ジブロモエチル基、2,2,3,3-テトラフルオロプロピル基、2-エトキシエチル基、2-ブトキシエチル基、2ニトロプロピル基、ベンジル基、4-メチルベンジル基、4-tert-ブチルベンジル基、4-メトキシベンジル基などが挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。 The "alkyl group" of the alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may have a substituent may be linear or branched, for example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, butyl group, isobutyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, pentyl group, n-hexyl group, heptyl group, octyl group, decyl group, 1,5-dimethylhexyl group, 1,6-dimethylheptyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group etc. From the viewpoint of coloring strength and dispersion stability, it preferably has 1 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms. "Alkyl group having a substituent" includes, for example, trichloromethyl group, trifluoromethyl group, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group, 2,2-dibromoethyl group, 2,2,3,3-tetrafluoro propyl group, 2-ethoxyethyl group, 2-butoxyethyl group, 2-nitropropyl group, benzyl group, 4-methylbenzyl group, 4-tert-butylbenzyl group, 4-methoxybenzyl group and the like, but these include It is not limited.
 上記置換基を有してもよいフェニル基としては、炭素数1~10のアルキル基、トリフルオロメチル基、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、シアノ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシル基などの置換基を有するフェニル基が挙げられる。より具体的には、フェニル基、p-メチルフェニル基、4-tert-ブチルフェニル基、p-ニトロフェニル基、p-メトキシフェニル基、p-クロロフェニル基、2,4-ジクロロフェニル基、3-カルバモイルフェニル基等が挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。 Examples of the phenyl group which may have a substituent include an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a trifluoromethyl group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, and an alkoxyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. phenyl groups having substituents such as groups. More specifically, phenyl group, p-methylphenyl group, 4-tert-butylphenyl group, p-nitrophenyl group, p-methoxyphenyl group, p-chlorophenyl group, 2,4-dichlorophenyl group, 3-carbamoyl Examples include, but are not limited to, a phenyl group and the like.
 着色力や分散安定性の観点から、五員環または六員環を形成する原子のうち、少なくとも一つは酸素原子または硫黄原子であることが好ましく、下記一般式(1a)で表されるジケトピロロピロール顔料であることがより好ましい。 From the viewpoint of coloring power and dispersion stability, at least one of the atoms forming the five-membered ring or six-membered ring is preferably an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, and the divalent compound represented by the following general formula (1a) Ketopyrrolopyrrole pigments are more preferred.
 一般式(1a)


〔一般式(1a)において、a、aは、それぞれ独立して、置換基を有してもよい五員環または六員環を表し、環を形成する原子は、それぞれ独立して、炭素原子、酸素原子、または硫黄原子である。Y、Yはそれぞれ独立して、酸素原子または硫黄原子を表す。RおよびRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~10のアルキル基、またはハロゲン原子を表す。〕
general formula (1a)


[In general formula (1a), a 1 and a 2 each independently represent a five-membered or six-membered ring which may have a substituent, and the atoms forming the ring each independently A carbon atom, an oxygen atom, or a sulfur atom. Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom. ]
 また、本発明におけるジケトピロロピロール顔料は着色力や透過率の観点から、一般式(2)であることが好ましい。 In addition, the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment in the present invention preferably has general formula (2) from the viewpoint of coloring power and transmittance.
 一般式(2)


〔一般式(2)において、X~Xは、それぞれ独立して、-CR-、-C(=O)-、-C(=S)-、酸素原子、または硫黄原子である。RおよびRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~10のアルキル基、またはハロゲン原子を表し、RおよびRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~10のアルキル基、または置換基を有してもよいフェニル基を表す。〕
general formula (2)


[In general formula (2), X 1 to X 6 are each independently -CR 5 R 6 -, -C(=O)-, -C(=S)-, an oxygen atom, or a sulfur atom; be. R 3 and R 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom; R 5 and R 6 each independently It represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or an optionally substituted phenyl group. ]
 X~Xが、-CR-、-C(=O)-、-C(=S)-、酸素原子または硫黄原子のいずれの場合でも優れた着色力、透過率、分散安定性を示すが、その中でも、着色力や分散安定性の観点からX~Xのうち少なくとも一つは酸素原子または硫黄原子であることが好ましく、XおよびXが酸素原子または硫黄原子であることがより好ましい。 Excellent tinting strength, transmittance, and dispersion stability regardless of whether X 1 to X 6 are -CR 5 R 6 -, -C(=O)-, -C(=S)-, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom Among them, from the viewpoint of coloring power and dispersion stability, at least one of X 1 to X 6 is preferably an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, and X 3 and X 6 are an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. is more preferable.
 本発明のジケトピロロピロール顔料の具体例を以下に挙げるが、これらに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment of the present invention are listed below, but are not limited to these.
 一般式(3)
General formula (3)
 着色力、透過率および分散安定性の観点から、上記構造のうち、ジケトピロロピロール顔料(1-1~21)などが好ましく、さらに(1-6~21)などが好ましく、(1-6、9~16、19~21)などが特に好ましい。 From the viewpoint of coloring strength, transmittance and dispersion stability, among the above structures, diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments (1-1 to 21) are preferred, and (1-6 to 21) are preferred, and (1-6 , 9-16, 19-21) are particularly preferred.
<ジケトピロロピロール顔料の製造方法>
 本発明のジケトピロロピロール顔料を製造する方法は特に限定されるものではないが、コハク酸ジエステル合成法で最も簡便に製造することができる。すなわち、コハク酸ジエステル1モルに対して下記一般式(4)で表されるベンゾニトリル化合物2モルを、tert-アミルアルコール等の不活性有機溶剤中で、アルカリ金属又はアルカリ金属アルコキシドの存在下において、80~110℃の高温で縮合反応を行い、ジケトピロロピロール化合物のアルカリ金属塩を生成させ、続いて、このジケトピロロピロール化合物のアルカリ金属塩に対して、水、アルコール、酸等を用いてプロトン化することにより、種々のジケトピロロピロール顔料を得ることができる。このとき、プロトン化における温度、水、アルコールまたは酸の種類、比率や量により、得られる一次粒子径の大きさを制御することができる。
<Method for producing diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment>
Although the method for producing the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment of the present invention is not particularly limited, it can be produced most conveniently by a succinic acid diester synthesis method. That is, 2 mol of a benzonitrile compound represented by the following general formula (4) is added to 1 mol of a succinic acid diester in an inert organic solvent such as tert-amyl alcohol in the presence of an alkali metal or an alkali metal alkoxide. , a condensation reaction is performed at a high temperature of 80 to 110° C. to produce an alkali metal salt of the diketopyrrolopyrrole compound, and then water, alcohol, acid, etc. are added to the alkali metal salt of the diketopyrrolopyrrole compound. Various diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments can be obtained by protonating with At this time, the primary particle size obtained can be controlled by the temperature in protonation, the type, ratio and amount of water, alcohol or acid.
 一般式(4)

〔一般式(4)において、Aは、置換基を有してもよい五員環または六員環を表し、環を形成する原子は、それぞれ独立して、炭素原子、酸素原子または硫黄原子である。R10は、水素原子、置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~10のアルキル基またはハロゲン原子を表す。〕
general formula (4)

[In the general formula (4), A 3 represents a five-membered or six-membered ring which may have a substituent, and the atoms forming the ring are each independently a carbon atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom is. R 10 represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom. ]
(顔料組成物)
 次に、本発明の顔料組成物について説明する。本発明の顔料組成物は、本発明のジケトピロロピロール顔料および色素誘導体を含有する。
(Pigment composition)
Next, the pigment composition of the present invention will be explained. The pigment composition of the present invention contains the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment and dye derivative of the present invention.
<色素誘導体>
 色素誘導体は、有機色素残基に酸性基、塩基性基、中性基などを有する化合物である。色素誘導体は、例えば、スルホ基、カルボキシ基、またはリン酸基などの酸性置換基を有する化合物、ならびにこれらのアミン塩、スルホンアミド基、または末端に3級アミノ基などの塩基性置換基を有する化合物、フェニル基やフタルイミドアルキル基などの中性置換基を有する化合物が挙げられる。
有機色素は、例えばジケトピロロピロール系顔料、アントラキノン系顔料、キナクリドン系顔料、ジオキサジン系顔料、ペリノン系顔料、ペリレン系顔料、チアジンインジゴ系顔料、トリアジン系顔料、ベンズイミダゾロン系顔料、ベンゾイソインドール等のインドール系顔料、イソインドリン系顔料、イソインドリノン系顔料、キノフタロン系顔料、ナフトール系顔料、スレン系顔料、金属錯体系顔料、アゾ、ジスアゾ、ポリアゾ等のアゾ系顔料等が挙げられる。
<Dye derivative>
A dye derivative is a compound having an acidic group, a basic group, a neutral group, or the like in an organic dye residue. Dye derivatives include, for example, compounds having acidic substituents such as sulfo, carboxy, or phosphate groups, and amine salts thereof, sulfonamide groups, or terminally basic substituents such as tertiary amino groups. compounds, and compounds having neutral substituents such as phenyl groups and phthalimidoalkyl groups.
Organic dyes include, for example, diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, anthraquinone pigments, quinacridone pigments, dioxazine pigments, perinone pigments, perylene pigments, thiazineindigo pigments, triazine pigments, benzimidazolone pigments, benzoiso Indole pigments such as indole, isoindoline pigments, isoindolinone pigments, quinophthalone pigments, naphthol pigments, threne pigments, metal complex pigments, azo pigments such as azo, disazo and polyazo.
具体的には、ジケトピロロピロール系色素誘導体は、特開2001-220520号公報、WO2009/081930号パンフレット、WO2011/052617号パンフレット、WO2012/102399号パンフレット、特開2017-156397号公報、フタロシアニン系色素誘導体は、特開2007-226161号公報、WO2016/163351号パンフレット、特開2017-165820号公報、特許第5753266号公報、アントラキノン系色素誘導体は、特開昭63-264674号公報、特開平09-272812号公報、特開平10-245501号公報、特開平10-265697号公報、特開2007-079094号公報、WO2009/025325号パンフレット、キナクリドン系色素誘導体は、特開昭48-54128号公報、特開平03-9961号公報、特開2000-273383号公報、ジオキサジン系色素誘導体は、特開2011-162662号公報、チアジンインジゴ系色素誘導体は、特開2007-314785号公報、トリアジン系色素誘導体は、特開昭61-246261号公報、特開平11-199796号公報、特開2003-165922号公報、特開2003-168208号公報、特開2004-217842号公報、特開2007-314681号公報、ベンゾイソインドール系色素誘導体は、特開2009-57478号公報、キノフタロン系色素誘導体は、特開2003-167112号公報、特開2006-291194号公報、特開2008-31281号公報、特開2012-226110号公報、ナフトール系色素誘導体は、特開2012-208329号公報、特開2014-5439号公報、アゾ系色素誘導体は、特開2001-172520号公報、特開2012-172092号公報、酸性置換基は、特開2004-307854号公報、塩基性置換基は、特開2002-201377号公報、特開2003-171594号公報、特開2005-181383号公報、特開2005-213404号公報に記載された色素誘導体が挙げられる。なお、これらの文献には、色素誘導体を誘導体、顔料誘導体、分散剤、顔料分散剤若しくは単に化合物などと記載している場合があるが、前記した有機色素残基に酸性基、塩基性基、中性基などの置換基を有する化合物は、色素誘導体と同義である。 Specifically, diketopyrrolopyrrole-based dye derivatives, JP 2001-220520, WO2009/081930, WO2011/052617, WO2012/102399, JP 2017-156397, phthalocyanine Dye derivatives, JP-A-2007-226161, WO2016/163351 pamphlet, JP-A-2017-165820, Japanese Patent No. 5753266, anthraquinone-based dye derivatives, JP-A-63-264674, JP-A-09 -272812, JP-A-10-245501, JP-A-10-265697, JP-A-2007-079094, WO2009/025325, quinacridone dye derivatives, JP-A-48-54128, JP-A-03-9961, JP-A-2000-273383, dioxazine-based dye derivatives, JP-A-2011-162662, thiazineindigo-based dye derivatives, JP-A-2007-314785, triazine-based dye derivatives , JP-A-61-246261, JP-A-11-199796, JP-A-2003-165922, JP-A-2003-168208, JP-A-2004-217842, JP-A-2007-314681 , JP-A-2009-57478 for benzoisoindole-based dye derivatives, JP-A-2003-167112 for quinophthalone-based dye derivatives, JP-A-2006-291194, JP-A-2008-31281, JP-A-2012 -226110, naphthol dye derivatives, JP 2012-208329, JP 2014-5439, azo dye derivatives, JP 2001-172520, JP 2012-172092, acidic Substituents, JP-A-2004-307854, basic substituents, JP-A-2002-201377, JP-A-2003-171594, JP-A-2005-181383, JP-A-2005-213404 The dye derivatives described are mentioned. In these documents, the dye derivative may be described as a derivative, a pigment derivative, a dispersant, a pigment dispersant, or simply as a compound. A compound having a substituent such as a neutral group is synonymous with a dye derivative.
 本発明の顔料組成物に含まれる色素誘導体としては、有機色素残基としてジケトピロロピロール系顔料、アントラキノン系顔料、キノフタロン系顔料やアゾ系顔料由来であるものが着色力や微細化効率、分散安定性の観点から好ましい。 As the dye derivative contained in the pigment composition of the present invention, those derived from diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigments, anthraquinone-based pigments, quinophthalone-based pigments, and azo-based pigments as organic dye residues have coloring power, refining efficiency, and dispersion. It is preferable from the viewpoint of stability.
 本発明の顔料組成物に含まれる色素誘導体は、ジケトピロロピロール顔料100質量部に対し、0~30質量部添加することが好ましく、1~20質量部添加することがより好ましい。 The pigment derivative contained in the pigment composition of the present invention is preferably added in an amount of 0 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 20 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment.
これら色素誘導体は、単独又は2種類以上を混合して用いることができる。 These dye derivatives can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
 本発明の顔料組成物は、ジケトピロロピロール顔料粉末と色素誘導体の粉末を単に混合して調製してもよいが、ディソルバー、ハイスピードミキサー、ホモミキサー、ニーダー、ロールミル、アトライター、サンドミル、各種粉砕機等を用いて顔料粉末と色素誘導体の粉末を機械的に混合する方法、顔料の水または有機溶媒によるサスペンジョン系に色素誘導体を含む溶液を添加し、顔料表面に色素誘導体を沈着させる方法、硫酸等の強い溶解力を持つ溶媒に有機顔料と色素誘導体を共溶解して水等の貧溶媒により共沈させる方法などにより顔料組成物を得てもよい。 The pigment composition of the present invention may be prepared by simply mixing a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment powder and a pigment derivative powder, but may be prepared by mixing a dissolver, high speed mixer, homomixer, kneader, roll mill, attritor, sand mill, A method of mechanically mixing pigment powder and pigment derivative powder using various grinders, a method of adding a solution containing a pigment derivative to a water or organic solvent suspension system of the pigment, and depositing the pigment derivative on the surface of the pigment. Alternatively, the pigment composition may be obtained by co-dissolving the organic pigment and the dye derivative in a solvent having a strong dissolving power such as sulfuric acid, followed by co-precipitation with a poor solvent such as water.
<顔料の微細化>
 本発明の顔料組成物に使用するジケトピロロピロール顔料は、微細化して用いることが好ましい。微細化方法は特に限定されるものではなく、例えば湿式磨砕、乾式磨砕、溶解析出法いずれも使用でき、本発明で例示するように湿式磨砕の1種であるニーダー法によるソルトミリング処理等を行い微細化することができる。
<Refinement of pigment>
The diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment used in the pigment composition of the present invention is preferably finely divided. The method of refining is not particularly limited, and for example, any of wet grinding, dry grinding, and dissolution precipitation method can be used. etc., and can be miniaturized.
 ソルトミリング処理とは、顔料と水溶性無機塩と水溶性有機溶剤との混合物を、ニーダー、2本ロールミル、3本ロールミル、ボールミル、アトライター、サンドミル、プラネタリー型ミキサー等のバッチ式又は連続式混練機を用いて、加熱しながら機械的に混練した後、水洗により水溶性無機塩と水溶性有機溶剤を除去する処理である。水溶性無機塩は、破砕助剤として働くものであり、ソルトミリング時に無機塩の硬度の高さを利用して顔料が破砕される。顔料をソルトミリング処理する際の条件を最適化することにより、一次粒子径が非常に微細であり、また、分布の幅がせまく、シャープな粒度分布をもつ顔料を得ることができる。 The salt milling process is performed by subjecting a mixture of a pigment, a water-soluble inorganic salt, and a water-soluble organic solvent to a kneader, two-roll mill, three-roll mill, ball mill, attritor, sand mill, planetary mixer, or the like in batch or continuous mode. In this treatment, the mixture is mechanically kneaded while being heated using a kneader, and then washed with water to remove the water-soluble inorganic salt and the water-soluble organic solvent. The water-soluble inorganic salt functions as a crushing aid, and the high hardness of the inorganic salt is used to crush the pigment during salt milling. By optimizing the conditions for the salt milling treatment of the pigment, it is possible to obtain a pigment having a very fine primary particle size, a narrow distribution width, and a sharp particle size distribution.
 水溶性無機塩としては、塩化ナトリウム、塩化カリウム、硫酸ナトリウム等を用いることができるが、価格の点から塩化ナトリウム(食塩)を用いるのが好ましい。水溶性無機塩は、処理効率と生産効率の両面から、顔料100質量部に対し、50~2000質量部用いることが好ましく、300~1000質量部用いることが最も好ましい。 As the water-soluble inorganic salt, sodium chloride, potassium chloride, sodium sulfate, etc. can be used, but it is preferable to use sodium chloride (salt) from the viewpoint of price. The water-soluble inorganic salt is preferably used in an amount of 50 to 2,000 parts by mass, most preferably 300 to 1,000 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the pigment, from the viewpoint of both processing efficiency and production efficiency.
 水溶性有機溶剤は、顔料及び水溶性無機塩を湿潤する働きをするものであり、水に溶解(混和)し、かつ用いる無機塩を実質的に溶解しないものであれば特に限定されない。ただし、ソルトミリング時に温度が上昇し、溶剤が蒸発し易い状態になるため、安全性の点から、沸点120℃以上の高沸点溶剤が好ましい。例えば、2-メトキシエタノール、2-ブトキシエタノール、2-(イソペンチルオキシ)エタノール、2-(ヘキシルオキシ)エタノール、ジエチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、トリエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、液状のポリエチレングリコール、1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール、1-エトキシ-2-プロパノール、ジプロピレングリコール、ジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、液状のポリプロピレングリコール等が用いられる。水溶性有機溶剤は、顔料100質量部に対し、5~1000質量部用いることが好ましく、50~500質量部用いることが最も好ましい。 The water-soluble organic solvent has the function of moistening the pigment and the water-soluble inorganic salt, and is not particularly limited as long as it dissolves (mixes) in water and does not substantially dissolve the inorganic salt used. However, since the temperature rises during salt milling and the solvent easily evaporates, a high boiling point solvent having a boiling point of 120° C. or higher is preferable from the viewpoint of safety. For example, 2-methoxyethanol, 2-butoxyethanol, 2-(isopentyloxy)ethanol, 2-(hexyloxy)ethanol, diethylene glycol, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, triethylene glycol, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether, Liquid polyethylene glycol, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 1-ethoxy-2-propanol, dipropylene glycol, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, liquid polypropylene glycol and the like are used. The water-soluble organic solvent is preferably used in an amount of 5 to 1,000 parts by mass, most preferably 50 to 500 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the pigment.
 ソルトミリング処理する際には、混練効率を向上させるために、色素誘導体を添加してもよく、顔料の微細化および整粒化に非常に有効である。色素誘導体の使用量は、色調に影響を与えない程度、すなわち顔料100質量%に対して0.5~40質量%の範囲であることが好ましい。 In order to improve kneading efficiency during salt milling, a pigment derivative may be added, which is very effective in refining and regulating pigments. The amount of the pigment derivative to be used is preferably in the range of not affecting the color tone, that is, in the range of 0.5 to 40% by weight with respect to 100% by weight of the pigment.
 また、ソルトミリング処理する際には、必要に応じて樹脂を添加してもよい。用いられる樹脂の種類は特に限定されず、天然樹脂、変性天然樹脂、合成樹脂、天然樹脂で変性された合成樹脂等を用いることができる。用いられる樹脂は、室温で固体であり、水不溶性であることが好ましく、かつ上記有機溶剤に一部可溶であることがさらに好ましい。樹脂の使用量は、顔料100質量部に対して5~200質量部の範囲であることが好ましい。 In addition, resin may be added as necessary during the salt milling process. The type of resin used is not particularly limited, and natural resins, modified natural resins, synthetic resins, synthetic resins modified with natural resins, and the like can be used. The resins used are preferably solid at room temperature, water-insoluble, and more preferably partially soluble in the above organic solvents. The amount of the resin used is preferably in the range of 5 to 200 parts by weight per 100 parts by weight of the pigment.
 ジケトピロロピロール顔料をソルトミリング処理することにより、より均一に微細化でき、着色力、透過率、分散体の安定性をバランスよく向上させることができる。 By subjecting the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment to a salt milling process, it can be made more uniformly fine, and the coloring power, transmittance, and stability of the dispersion can be improved in a well-balanced manner.
 本発明のジケトピロロピロール顔料の平均一次粒子径は30~200nmの範囲が好ましい。平均一次粒子径が200nm以上だと、着色力は高くなるものの、透過率が低下する。平均一次粒子径が30nmより小さいと、透過率は向上するが、耐性が低下する。また着色剤の比表面積が大きくなることで、凝集力が高まり、着色組成物の分散性や保存安定性が悪化する。 The average primary particle size of the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment of the present invention is preferably in the range of 30 to 200 nm. If the average primary particle size is 200 nm or more, the coloring power is high, but the transmittance is low. If the average primary particle size is less than 30 nm, the transmittance is improved, but the resistance is lowered. In addition, when the specific surface area of the coloring agent increases, the cohesive force increases, and the dispersibility and storage stability of the coloring composition deteriorate.
 前記の平均一次粒子径は、株式会社日立ハイテクノロジーズ社製の透過電子顕微鏡(TEM)H-7650を使用して、電子顕微鏡写真から一次粒子の大きさを直接計測する方法で測定した。具体的には、個々の顔料の一次粒子の短軸径と長軸径を計測し、平均をその顔料一次粒子の粒径とした。次に、100個以上の顔料粒子について、それぞれの粒子の体積(重量)を、求めた粒径の立方体と近似して求め、体積平均粒径を平均一次粒子径とした。 The average primary particle size was measured using a transmission electron microscope (TEM) H-7650 manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Co., Ltd. by directly measuring the size of the primary particles from an electron micrograph. Specifically, the minor axis diameter and the major axis diameter of the primary particles of each pigment were measured, and the average was used as the particle diameter of the primary pigment particles. Next, for 100 or more pigment particles, the volume (weight) of each particle was obtained by approximating a cube with the obtained particle size, and the volume average particle size was taken as the average primary particle size.
(着色組成物)
 本発明のジケトピロロピロール顔料または顔料組成物は、有機溶剤と併用することにより、着色組成物として使用することができる。必要に応じて、バインダ樹脂、樹脂型分散剤、その他の着色剤を含んでも良い。
(Coloring composition)
The diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment or pigment composition of the present invention can be used as a coloring composition by using it in combination with an organic solvent. A binder resin, a resin-type dispersant, and other colorants may be included as necessary.
 上記の原料を、二本ロール、三本ロール、ビーズを用いた湿式分散などの分散処理を行うことで、例えば色素誘導体が顔料表面に吸着し顔料表面が極性を持ち樹脂型分散剤の吸着が促進され、顔料、色素誘導体、樹脂型分散剤、有機溶媒、その他添加剤との相溶性が向上し、着色組成物とした時の分散安定性や経時粘度安定性が向上する。また、相溶性が向上することで着色組成物をガラス基板等に塗工した際の塗膜経時安定性に優れ、着色組成物の塗布から露光までの待ち時間(PCD:Post Coating Delay)や露光から熱処理までの待ち時間(PED:Post Exposure Delay)に対するパターン形状などの安定性・特性依存性や、線幅感度安定性が良好となる。また顔料表面が色素誘導体および樹脂型分散剤で吸着・被覆されることで、塗膜を加熱焼成した際の顔料の凝集や昇華による結晶析出を抑制できる。さらに現像時間ばらつきや現像残渣も抑制される。 By performing dispersion treatment such as wet dispersion using two rolls, three rolls, or beads on the above raw materials, for example, the pigment derivative is adsorbed on the surface of the pigment, and the surface of the pigment becomes polar, and the resin-type dispersant is adsorbed. The compatibility with pigments, dye derivatives, resin type dispersants, organic solvents, and other additives is improved, and the dispersion stability and viscosity stability over time of the colored composition are improved. In addition, by improving the compatibility, the coating film has excellent stability over time when the coloring composition is applied to a glass substrate or the like, and the waiting time (PCD: Post Coating Delay) from the application of the coloring composition to exposure and the exposure The stability and characteristic dependence of the pattern shape, etc., and the line width sensitivity stability with respect to the waiting time (PED: Post Exposure Delay) from the time to the heat treatment are improved. In addition, since the surface of the pigment is adsorbed and coated with the pigment derivative and the resin-type dispersant, it is possible to suppress the precipitation of crystals due to aggregation and sublimation of the pigment when the coating film is heated and baked. Further, variation in development time and development residue are suppressed.
<バインダ樹脂>
 バインダ樹脂は、400~700nmの全波長領域において透過率が80%以上の樹脂である。なお、透過率は、95%以上が好ましい。バインダ樹脂は硬化性の面でいうと、例えば、熱可塑性樹脂、熱硬化性樹脂、活性エネルギー線硬化性樹脂等が挙げられる。なお、活性エネルギー線硬化性樹脂は、熱可塑性樹脂、または熱硬化樹脂に活性エネルギー線反応性官能基を有しても良い。また、バインダ樹脂は物性の面でいうと、アルカリ可溶性樹脂等が挙げられる。アルカリ可溶性は、後述するカラーフィルタ作製時のアルカリ現像工程において現像溶解性を付与するためのものであり、酸性基が必要である。
<Binder resin>
The binder resin is a resin having a transmittance of 80% or more in the entire wavelength range of 400-700 nm. Note that the transmittance is preferably 95% or more. In terms of curing properties, binder resins include, for example, thermoplastic resins, thermosetting resins, active energy ray-curable resins, and the like. In addition, the active energy ray-curable resin may have an active energy ray-reactive functional group in a thermoplastic resin or a thermosetting resin. In terms of physical properties, binder resins include alkali-soluble resins and the like. Alkali-solubility is for imparting development solubility in the alkali development step during production of a color filter, which will be described later, and requires an acidic group.
 バインダ樹脂は、単独または2種類以上を併用して使用できる。 The binder resin can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 以下に、本発明の着色組成物に用いることができるバインダ樹脂について、詳細に説明する Below, the binder resin that can be used in the coloring composition of the present invention will be described in detail.
    [熱可塑性樹脂]
 熱可塑性樹脂は、例えば、アクリル樹脂、ブチラール樹脂、塩素化ポリエチレン、塩素化ポリプロピレン、ポリ塩化ビニル、塩化ビニル-酢酸ビニル共重合体、ポリ酢酸ビニル、ポリウレタン系樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、ビニル系樹脂、アルキッド樹脂、ポリスチレン樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、ゴム系樹脂、環化ゴム系樹脂、セルロース類、ポリエチレン(HDPE、LDPE)、ポリブタジエン、及びポリイミド樹脂等が挙げられる。
 アルカリ可溶性を有する熱可塑性樹脂は、例えば、カルボキシル基、スルホン基等の酸性基を有する樹脂が挙げられる。アルカリ可溶性を有する熱可塑性樹脂は、例えば、酸性基を有するアクリル樹脂、スチレン/スチレンスルホン酸共重合体、エチレン/(メタ)アクリル酸共重合体等が挙げられる。これらの中でも現像性、耐熱性、透明性が向上する面で酸性基を有するアクリル樹脂、スチレン/スチレンスルホン酸共重合体が好ましい。
[Thermoplastic resin]
Thermoplastic resins include, for example, acrylic resin, butyral resin, chlorinated polyethylene, chlorinated polypropylene, polyvinyl chloride, vinyl chloride-vinyl acetate copolymer, polyvinyl acetate, polyurethane resin, polyester resin, vinyl resin, alkyd Resins, polystyrene resins, polyamide resins, rubber resins, cyclized rubber resins, celluloses, polyethylene (HDPE, LDPE), polybutadiene, polyimide resins, and the like.
Alkali-soluble thermoplastic resins include, for example, resins having acidic groups such as carboxyl groups and sulfone groups. Alkali-soluble thermoplastic resins include, for example, acrylic resins having acidic groups, styrene/styrenesulfonic acid copolymers, ethylene/(meth)acrylic acid copolymers, and the like. Among these, an acrylic resin having an acidic group and a styrene/styrenesulfonic acid copolymer are preferred from the standpoint of improving developability, heat resistance and transparency.
    [活性エネルギー線硬化性アルカリ可溶性樹脂]
 活性エネルギー線硬化性アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、エチレン性不飽和二重結合を有することが好ましい。エチレン性不飽和二重結合は、例えば以下に示す(i) (ii)の方法で導入できる。活性エネルギー線による効果で樹脂は、3次元架橋されることで架橋密度が上がり、薬品耐性が向上する。
[Active energy ray-curable alkali-soluble resin]
The active energy ray-curable alkali-soluble resin preferably has an ethylenically unsaturated double bond. Ethylenically unsaturated double bonds can be introduced, for example, by methods (i) and (ii) shown below. The resin is three-dimensionally crosslinked by the effect of the active energy ray, thereby increasing the crosslink density and improving chemical resistance.
 [方法(i)]
 方法(i)は、例えば、エポキシ基を有するエチレン性不飽和単量体と、他の単量体とを共重合して得られた共重合体の側鎖エポキシ基に、エチレン性不飽和二重結合を有する不飽和一塩基酸のカルボキシル基を付加反応させる。次いで、生成した水酸基に、多塩基酸無水物を反応させることで、エチレン性不飽和二重結合及びカルボキシル基を導入する方法である。
[Method (i)]
Method (i) is, for example, a copolymer obtained by copolymerizing an ethylenically unsaturated monomer having an epoxy group with another monomer, and adding an ethylenically unsaturated divalent A carboxyl group of unsaturated monobasic acid having a double bond is subjected to an addition reaction. Then, the produced hydroxyl group is reacted with a polybasic acid anhydride to introduce an ethylenically unsaturated double bond and a carboxyl group.
 エポキシ基を有するエチレン性不飽和単量体は、例えば、グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート、メチルグリシジル(メタ)アクリレート、2-グリシドキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、3,4-エポキシブチル(メタ)アクリレート、及び3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられる。これらの中でも不飽和一塩基酸との反応性の観点で、グリシジル(メタ)アクリレートが好ましい。 Ethylenically unsaturated monomers having an epoxy group include, for example, glycidyl (meth)acrylate, methylglycidyl (meth)acrylate, 2-glycidoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 3,4-epoxybutyl (meth)acrylate, and 3,4-epoxycyclohexyl (meth)acrylate. Among these, glycidyl (meth)acrylate is preferred from the viewpoint of reactivity with unsaturated monobasic acid.
 不飽和一塩基酸は、(メタ)アクリル酸、クロトン酸、o-、m-、p-ビニル安息香酸、(メタ)アクリル酸のα位ハロアルキル、アルコキシル、ハロゲン、ニトロ、シアノ置換体等のモノカルボン酸等が挙げられる。 Unsaturated monobasic acids include (meth)acrylic acid, crotonic acid, o-, m-, p-vinylbenzoic acid, and α-position haloalkyl, alkoxyl, halogen, nitro, and cyano substituted products of (meth)acrylic acid. Carboxylic acid etc. are mentioned.
 多塩基酸無水物は、テトラヒドロ無水フタル酸、無水フタル酸、ヘキサヒドロ無水フタル酸、無水コハク酸、無水マレイン酸等が挙げられる。なお、カルボキシル基の数を増やす等、必要に応じて、トリメリット酸無水物等のトリカルボン酸無水物を用いたり、ピロメリット酸二無水物等のテトラカルボン酸二無水物を用いて、残った無水物基を加水分解したりすること等もできる。 Polybasic acid anhydrides include tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, succinic anhydride, and maleic anhydride. If necessary, such as increasing the number of carboxyl groups, using a tricarboxylic anhydride such as trimellitic anhydride or using a tetracarboxylic dianhydride such as pyromellitic dianhydride, the remaining It is also possible to hydrolyze the anhydride group.
 他の単量体としては、以下のものが挙げられる。例えば、メチル(メタ)アクリレート、エチル(メタ)アクリレート、n-プロピル(メタ)アクリレート、イソプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、n-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、イソブチル(メタ)アクリレート、t-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、ステアリル(メタ)アクリレート、ラウリル(メタ)アクリレート、テトラヒドロフルフリル(メタ)アクリレート、イソボルニル(メタ)アクリレート、フェニル(メタ)アクリレート、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、フェノキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、フェノキシジエチレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート、メトキシポリプロピレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート、又はエトキシポリエチレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート等の(メタ)アクリレート類、
あるいは、(メタ)アクリルアミド、N,N-ジメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N,N-ジエチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-イソプロピル(メタ)アクリルアミド、ダイアセトン(メタ)アクリルアミド、又はアクリロイルモルホリン等の(メタ)アクリルアミド類スチレン、又はα-メチルスチレン等のスチレン類、エチルビニルエーテル、n-プロピルビニルエーテル、イソプロピルビニルエーテル、n-ブチルビニルエーテル、又はイソブチルビニルエーテル等のビニルエーテル類、酢酸ビニル、又はプロピオン酸ビニル等の脂肪酸ビニル類等が挙げられる。
Other monomers include the following. For example, methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, n-propyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, n-butyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, t-butyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, stearyl (meth)acrylate, lauryl (meth)acrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl (meth)acrylate, isobornyl (meth)acrylate, phenyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate (meth)acrylates such as acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, phenoxydiethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, methoxypolypropylene glycol (meth)acrylate, or ethoxypolyethylene glycol (meth)acrylate;
Alternatively, (meth)acrylamide, N,N-dimethyl(meth)acrylamide, N,N-diethyl(meth)acrylamide, N-isopropyl(meth)acrylamide, diacetone (meth)acrylamide, or (meth)acrylamide such as acryloylmorpholine Styrenes such as acrylamides styrene or α-methylstyrene, vinyl ethers such as ethyl vinyl ether, n-propyl vinyl ether, isopropyl vinyl ether, n-butyl vinyl ether, or isobutyl vinyl ether, fatty acid vinyls such as vinyl acetate or vinyl propionate etc.
 あるいは、シクロヘキシルマレイミド、フェニルマレイミド、メチルマレイミド、エチルマレイミド、1,2-ビスマレイミドエタン1,6-ビスマレイミドヘキサン、3-マレイミドプロピオン酸、6,7-メチレンジオキシ-4-メチル-3-マレイミドクマリン、4,4’-ビスマレイミドジフェニルメタン、ビス(3-エチル-5-メチル-4-マレイミドフェニル)メタン、N,N’-1,3-フェニレンジマレイミド、N,N’-1,4-フェニレンジマレイミド、N-(1-ピレニル)マレイミド、N-(2,4,6-トリクロロフェニル)マレイミド、N-(4-アミノフェニル)マレイミド、N-(4-ニトロフェニル)マレイミド、N-ベンジルマレイミド、N-ブロモメチル-2,3-ジクロロマレイミド、N-スクシンイミジル-3-マレイミドベンゾエート、N-スクシンイミジル-3-マレイミドプロピオナート、N-スクシンイミジル-4-マレイミドブチラート、N-スクシンイミジル-6-マレイミドヘキサノアート、N-[4-(2-ベンゾイミダゾリル)フェニル]マレイミド、9-マレイミドアクリジン等のN-置換マレイミド類、EO変性クレゾールアクリレート、n-ノニルフェノキシポリエチレングリコールアクリレート、フェノキシエチルアクリレート、エトキシ化フェニルアクリレート、フェノールのエチレンオキサイド(EO)変性(メタ)アクリレート、パラクミルフェノールのEO又はプロピレンオキサイド(PO)変性(メタ)アクリレート、ノニルフェノールのEO変性(メタ)アクリレート、ノニルフェノールのPO変性(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。 Alternatively, cyclohexylmaleimide, phenylmaleimide, methylmaleimide, ethylmaleimide, 1,2-bismaleimidoethane, 1,6-bismaleimidohexane, 3-maleimidopropionic acid, 6,7-methylenedioxy-4-methyl-3-maleimide coumarin, 4,4'-bismaleimidodiphenylmethane, bis(3-ethyl-5-methyl-4-maleimidophenyl)methane, N,N'-1,3-phenylenedimaleimide, N,N'-1,4- Phenylenedimaleimide, N-(1-pyrenyl)maleimide, N-(2,4,6-trichlorophenyl)maleimide, N-(4-aminophenyl)maleimide, N-(4-nitrophenyl)maleimide, N-benzyl Maleimide, N-bromomethyl-2,3-dichloromaleimide, N-succinimidyl-3-maleimidobenzoate, N-succinimidyl-3-maleimidopropionate, N-succinimidyl-4-maleimidobutyrate, N-succinimidyl-6-maleimide Hexanoate, N-[4-(2-benzimidazolyl)phenyl]maleimide, N-substituted maleimides such as 9-maleimidoacridine, EO-modified cresol acrylate, n-nonylphenoxypolyethylene glycol acrylate, phenoxyethyl acrylate, phenyl ethoxylate Acrylates, ethylene oxide (EO)-modified (meth)acrylates of phenol, EO- or propylene oxide (PO)-modified (meth)acrylates of paracumylphenol, EO-modified (meth)acrylates of nonylphenol, PO-modified (meth)acrylates of nonylphenol, etc. is mentioned.
 方法(i)の類似の方法として、例えば、カルボキシル基を有するエチレン性不飽和単量体と、他の単量体とを共重合で得られた共重合体の側鎖カルボキシル基の一部に、エポキシ基を有するエチレン性不飽和単量体を付加反応させ、エチレン性不飽和二重結合及びカルボキシル基を導入する方法である。 As a method similar to method (i), for example, an ethylenically unsaturated monomer having a carboxyl group and a part of the side chain carboxyl group of a copolymer obtained by copolymerizing another monomer 2) is a method of subjecting an ethylenically unsaturated monomer having an epoxy group to an addition reaction to introduce an ethylenically unsaturated double bond and a carboxyl group.
 [方法(ii)]
 方法(ii)は、水酸基を有するエチレン性不飽和単量体と、他の単量体とを共重合することによって得られた共重合体の側鎖水酸基に、イソシアネート基を有するエチレン性不飽和単量体のイソシアネート基を反応させる方法である。
[Method (ii)]
Method (ii) is obtained by copolymerizing an ethylenically unsaturated monomer having a hydroxyl group with another monomer, and adding an ethylenically unsaturated monomer having an isocyanate group to the side chain hydroxyl group of the copolymer. This is a method of reacting the isocyanate group of the monomer.
 水酸基を有するエチレン性不飽和単量体は、例えば、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-若しくは3-ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、2-若しくは3-若しくは4-ヒドロキシブチル(メタ)アクリレート、グリセロールモノ(メタ)アクリレート、又はシクロヘキサンジメタノールモノ(メタ)アクリレート等のヒドロキシアルキルメタアクリレート類が挙げられる。また、ヒドロキシアルキル(メタ)アクリレートに、エチレンオキシド、プロピレンオキシド、及び/又はブチレンオキシド等を付加重合させたポリエーテルモノ(メタ)アクリレートや、ポリγ-バレロラクトン、ポリε-カプロラクトン、及び/又はポリ12-ヒドロキシステアリン酸等を付加したポリエステルモノ(メタ)アクリレートも挙げられる。塗膜異物抑制の観点から、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタアクリレート、又はグリセロールモノ(メタ)アクリレートが好ましく、また感度の点からは2個以上6個以下の水酸基を有するものを使用することが感度の点から好ましく、グリセロールモノ(メタ)アクリレートがさらに好ましい。 Ethylenically unsaturated monomers having a hydroxyl group are, for example, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2- or 3-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 2- or 3- or 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, Hydroxyalkyl methacrylates such as glycerol mono(meth)acrylate or cyclohexanedimethanol mono(meth)acrylate can be mentioned. In addition, polyether mono(meth)acrylate obtained by addition polymerization of ethylene oxide, propylene oxide, and/or butylene oxide to hydroxyalkyl (meth)acrylate, poly γ-valerolactone, poly ε-caprolactone, and/or poly Polyester mono(meth)acrylates to which 12-hydroxystearic acid or the like is added are also included. 2-Hydroxyethyl methacrylate or glycerol mono(meth)acrylate is preferred from the viewpoint of suppressing foreign matter on the coating film, and from the viewpoint of sensitivity, it is preferable to use one having 2 to 6 hydroxyl groups. is preferred, and glycerol mono(meth)acrylate is more preferred.
 イソシアネート基を有するエチレン性不飽和単量体は、例えば、2-(メタ)アクリロイルエチルイソシアネート、2-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエチルイソシアネート、又は1,1-ビス〔メタアクリロイルオキシ〕エチルイソシアネート等が挙げられる。 Examples of ethylenically unsaturated monomers having an isocyanate group include 2-(meth)acryloylethyl isocyanate, 2-(meth)acryloyloxyethyl isocyanate, 1,1-bis[methacryloyloxy]ethyl isocyanate, and the like. be done.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂を構成できるその他単量体は、既に説明したその他のエチレン性不飽和単量体に加え、N-置換マレイミド類、アルキレンオキシ基含有単量体、リン酸エステル基含有エチレン性不飽和単量体、カルボキシル基含有エチレン性不飽和単量体等が挙げられる。
 N-置換マレイミド類は、例えば、シクロヘキシルマレイミド、フェニルマレイミド、メチルマレイミド、エチルマレイミド、1,2-ビスマレイミドエタン1,6-ビスマレイミドヘキサン、3-マレイミドプロピオン酸、6,7-メチレンジオキシ-4-メチル-3-マレイミドクマリン、4,4’-ビスマレイミドジフェニルメタン、ビス(3-エチル-5-メチル-4-マレイミドフェニル)メタン、N,N’-1,3-フェニレンジマレイミド、N,N’-1,4-フェニレンジマレイミド、N-(1-ピレニル)マレイミド、N-(2,4,6-トリクロロフェニル)マレイミド、N-(4-アミノフェニル)マレイミド、N-(4-ニトロフェニル)マレイミド、N-ベンジルマレイミド、N-ブロモメチル-2,3-ジクロロマレイミド、N-スクシンイミジル-3-マレイミドベンゾエート、N-スクシンイミジル-3-マレイミドプロピオナート、N-スクシンイミジル-4-マレイミドブチラート、N-スクシンイミジル-6-マレイミドヘキサノアート、N-[4-(2-ベンゾイミダゾリル)フェニル]マレイミド、9-マレイミドアクリジン等が挙げられる。アルキレンオキシ基含有単量体は、例えば、EO変性クレゾールアクリレート、n-ノニルフェノキシポリエチレングリコールアクリレート、フェノキシエチルアクリレート、エトキシ化フェニルアクリレート、フェノールのエチレンオキサイド(EO)変性(メタ)アクリレート、パラクミルフェノールのEO又はプロピレンオキサイド(PO)変性(メタ)アクリレート、ノニルフェノールのEO変性(メタ)アクリレート、ノニルフェノールのPO変性(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。
Other monomers that can constitute the alkali-soluble resin include, in addition to the other ethylenically unsaturated monomers already described, N-substituted maleimides, alkyleneoxy group-containing monomers, and phosphate ester group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomers. monomers, carboxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomers, and the like.
N-substituted maleimides include, for example, cyclohexylmaleimide, phenylmaleimide, methylmaleimide, ethylmaleimide, 1,2-bismaleimidoethane, 1,6-bismaleimidohexane, 3-maleimidopropionic acid, 6,7-methylenedioxy- 4-methyl-3-maleimidocoumarin, 4,4′-bismaleimidodiphenylmethane, bis(3-ethyl-5-methyl-4-maleimidophenyl)methane, N,N′-1,3-phenylenedimaleimide, N, N'-1,4-phenylenedimaleimide, N-(1-pyrenyl)maleimide, N-(2,4,6-trichlorophenyl)maleimide, N-(4-aminophenyl)maleimide, N-(4-nitro phenyl)maleimide, N-benzylmaleimide, N-bromomethyl-2,3-dichloromaleimide, N-succinimidyl-3-maleimidobenzoate, N-succinimidyl-3-maleimidopropionate, N-succinimidyl-4-maleimidobutyrate, N-succinimidyl-6-maleimidohexanoate, N-[4-(2-benzimidazolyl)phenyl]maleimide, 9-maleimidoacridine and the like. Examples of alkyleneoxy group-containing monomers include EO-modified cresol acrylate, n-nonylphenoxy polyethylene glycol acrylate, phenoxyethyl acrylate, ethoxylated phenyl acrylate, ethylene oxide (EO)-modified (meth)acrylate of phenol, and paracumylphenol. Examples include EO- or propylene oxide (PO)-modified (meth)acrylates, nonylphenol EO-modified (meth)acrylates, nonylphenol PO-modified (meth)acrylates, and the like.
 カルボキシル基含有エチレン性不飽和単量体は、既に説明した単量体を使用できる。 As the carboxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer, the monomers already described can be used.
 リン酸エステル基含有エチレン性不飽和単量体は、例えば、上記水酸基含有エチレン性不飽和単量体の水酸基に、たとえば5酸化リンやポリリン酸等のリン酸エステル化剤を反応させた化合物である。 The phosphate ester group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer is, for example, a compound obtained by reacting the hydroxyl group of the hydroxyl group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer with a phosphorylating agent such as phosphorus pentoxide or polyphosphoric acid. be.
    [エチレン性不飽和二重結合を有しないアルカリ可溶性樹脂]
 本明細書の着色組成物は、被膜の硬化度を調整するために、エチレン性不飽和二重結合を有しないアルカリ可溶性樹脂を含有できる。
[Alkali-soluble resin having no ethylenically unsaturated double bond]
The coloring composition herein can contain an alkali-soluble resin having no ethylenically unsaturated double bonds in order to adjust the degree of cure of the coating.
 本発明におけるアルカリ可溶性樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、アルカリ現像溶解性を付与するために、2,000以上40,000以下であり、3,000以上30,000以下が好ましく、4,000以上20,000以下がより好ましい。また、Mw/Mnの値は10以下であることが好ましい。重量平均分子量(Mw)が2,000未満であると基板に対する密着性が低下し、露光パターンが残りにくくなる。40,000を超えるとアルカリ現像溶解性が低下し、残渣が発生しパターンの直線性が悪化する。
本発明におけるアルカリ可溶性樹脂の酸価は、アルカリ現像溶解性を付与するために50以上200以下(KOHmg/g)であり、70以上180以下の範囲が好ましく、より好ましくは90以上170以下の範囲である。酸価が50未満であるとアルカリ現像溶解性が低下し、残渣が発生しパターンの直線性が悪化する。200を超えると基板への密着性が低下し、露光パターンが残りにくくなる。
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the alkali-soluble resin in the present invention is 2,000 or more and 40,000 or less, preferably 3,000 or more and 30,000 or less, and 4,000, in order to impart alkali developing solubility. More than 20,000 or less is more preferable. Also, the value of Mw/Mn is preferably 10 or less. If the weight-average molecular weight (Mw) is less than 2,000, the adhesiveness to the substrate is lowered and the exposure pattern is less likely to remain. If it exceeds 40,000, the solubility in alkali development will be lowered, and a residue will be generated to deteriorate the linearity of the pattern.
The acid value of the alkali-soluble resin in the present invention is from 50 to 200 (KOHmg/g) in order to impart solubility in alkali development, preferably from 70 to 180, more preferably from 90 to 170. is. If the acid value is less than 50, the solubility in alkali development is lowered, and residues are generated, resulting in poor pattern linearity. If it exceeds 200, the adhesion to the substrate will be lowered, and the exposure pattern will be difficult to remain.
 バインダ樹脂の合成に使用する各原料は、単独または2種類以上を併用して使用できる。 Each raw material used to synthesize the binder resin can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
    [熱硬化性化合物]
 本発明においては、バインダ樹脂として熱可塑性樹脂と併用して、さらに熱硬化性化合物を含むことが出来る。本発明の着色組成物を用いてカラーフィルタを作製する際、熱硬化性化合物を含むことで、フィルタセグメントの焼成時に反応し塗膜の架橋密度を高め、そのためフィルタセグメントの耐熱性が向上し、フィルタセグメント焼成時の顔料凝集が抑えられ、コントラスト比が向上するという効果が得られる。
[Thermosetting compound]
In the present invention, a thermosetting compound can be used in combination with the thermoplastic resin as the binder resin. When producing a color filter using the coloring composition of the present invention, by containing a thermosetting compound, it reacts during baking of the filter segment and increases the crosslink density of the coating film, so that the heat resistance of the filter segment is improved. Pigment agglomeration during baking of the filter segment is suppressed, and the effect of improving the contrast ratio can be obtained.
 熱硬化性化合物は、低分子化合物でもよく、樹脂のような高分子量化合物でもよい。熱硬化性化合物としては、例えば、エポキシ化合物、オキセタン化合物、ベンゾグアナミン化合物、メラミン化合物、尿素化合物、およびフェノール化合物が挙げられるが、本発明はこれに限定されるものではない。本発明の着色組成物ではエポキシ化合物およびオキセタン化合物が好ましく用いられる。 The thermosetting compound may be a low-molecular-weight compound or a high-molecular-weight compound such as a resin. Examples of thermosetting compounds include epoxy compounds, oxetane compounds, benzoguanamine compounds, melamine compounds, urea compounds, and phenolic compounds, but the present invention is not limited thereto. Epoxy compounds and oxetane compounds are preferably used in the coloring composition of the present invention.
 着色組成物を作製する際に使用するバインダ樹脂の含有量は、着色剤100質量部に対して、20~400質量部が好ましく、50~250質量部がより好ましい。適量含有すると被膜を容易に形成できる上、良好な色特性が得やすい。 The content of the binder resin used when producing the colored composition is preferably 20 to 400 parts by mass, more preferably 50 to 250 parts by mass, with respect to 100 parts by mass of the coloring agent. When contained in an appropriate amount, a film can be easily formed, and good color characteristics can be easily obtained.
<樹脂型分散剤>
 本発明の着色組成物は、樹脂型分散剤を含有することができる。分散剤としては、添加着色剤に吸着する性質を有する着色剤親和性部位と、着色剤担体と相溶性のある部位とを有し、添加着色剤に吸着して着色剤担体への分散を安定化する働きをするものである。樹脂型分散剤として具体的には、ポリウレタン、ポリアクリレート等のポリカルボン酸エステル、不飽和ポリアミド、ポリカルボン酸、ポリカルボン酸(部分)アミン塩、ポリカルボン酸アンモニウム塩、ポリカルボン酸アルキルアミン塩、ポリシロキサン、長鎖ポリアミノアマイドリン酸塩、水酸基含有ポリカルボン酸エステルや、これらの変性物、ポリ(低級アルキレンイミン)と遊離のカルボキシ基を有するポリエステルとの反応により形成されたアミドやその塩等の油性分散剤、(メタ)アクリル酸-スチレン共重合体、(メタ)アクリル酸-(メタ)アクリル酸エステル共重合体、スチレン-マレイン酸共重合体、ポリビニルアルコール、ポリビニルピロリドン等の水溶性樹脂や水溶性高分子化合物、ポリエステル系、変性ポリアクリレート系、エチレンオキサイド/プロピレンオキサイド付加化合物、リン酸エステル系等が用いられ、これらは単独又は2種以上を混合して用いることができるが、必ずしもこれらに限定されるものではない。
<Resin Dispersant>
The coloring composition of the present invention can contain a resin type dispersant. The dispersant has a colorant-affinity site that has the property of adsorbing to the added colorant and a site that is compatible with the colorant carrier, and adsorbs to the added colorant to stabilize dispersion on the colorant carrier. It works to transform. Specific examples of resin-type dispersants include polyurethanes, polycarboxylic acid esters such as polyacrylates, unsaturated polyamides, polycarboxylic acids, polycarboxylic acid (partial) amine salts, polycarboxylic acid ammonium salts, and polycarboxylic acid alkylamine salts. , polysiloxanes, long-chain polyaminoamide phosphates, hydroxyl group-containing polycarboxylic acid esters, modified products thereof, amides formed by the reaction of poly(lower alkyleneimine) with polyesters having free carboxyl groups, and salts thereof Oily dispersants such as (meth)acrylic acid-styrene copolymer, (meth)acrylic acid-(meth)acrylic acid ester copolymer, styrene-maleic acid copolymer, polyvinyl alcohol, water-soluble such as polyvinylpyrrolidone Resins, water-soluble polymer compounds, polyesters, modified polyacrylates, ethylene oxide/propylene oxide addition compounds, phosphoric acid esters, etc. are used, and these can be used alone or in combination of two or more. It is not necessarily limited to these.
 上記樹脂型分散剤のうち少量の添加量で分散体の粘度が低くなり高い分散安定性を示すという理由から、窒素原子含有グラフト共重合体や、側鎖に3級アミノ基、4級アンモニウム塩基、含窒素複素環などを含む官能基を有する、窒素原子含有アクリル系ブロック共重合体及びウレタン系高分子分散剤などが良く知られている。 Among the above resin-type dispersants, the viscosity of the dispersion is lowered and high dispersion stability is exhibited by adding a small amount of the resin-type dispersant. Nitrogen atom-containing acrylic block copolymers and urethane polymer dispersants having functional groups containing nitrogen-containing heterocycles are well known.
 本発明で樹脂型分散剤を併用する場合、酸性置換基を有するものが好ましく、中でも芳香族カルボキシ基を有するものは分散後の着色剤の再凝集を防止する効果が特に大きいため、特に好ましい。芳香族カルボキシ基を有する樹脂型分散剤としては、WO2008/007776号公報、特開2008-029901号公報、特開2009-155406号公報、特開2009-155406号公報、特開2010-185934号公報、特開2011-157416号公報に記載のものが挙げられるが、これらに限定されない。 When a resin-type dispersant is used in combination in the present invention, one having an acidic substituent is preferred, and among these, one having an aromatic carboxyl group is particularly preferred because it has a particularly large effect of preventing reaggregation of the colorant after dispersion. As a resin-type dispersant having an aromatic carboxyl group, WO2008/007776, JP-A-2008-029901, JP-A-2009-155406, JP-A-2009-155406, JP-A-2010-185934 , but not limited to those described in JP-A-2011-157416.
 樹脂型分散剤は、着色剤全量に対して5~200質量部程度使用することが好ましく、成膜性の観点から5~100質量部程度使用することがより好ましい。 The resin-type dispersant is preferably used in an amount of about 5 to 200 parts by mass with respect to the total amount of the coloring agent, and more preferably in an amount of about 5 to 100 parts by mass from the viewpoint of film-forming properties.
<その他着色剤>
 本発明の着色組成物は、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲で、必要に応じてその他の着色剤を含むことができる。その他の着色剤は、顔料であっても染料であっても良く、単独または2種類以上混合して用いることができる。その他の着色剤として、以下に具体例を示すが、これらに限定されない。
<Other coloring agents>
The colored composition of the present invention can contain other colorants as necessary within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention. Other colorants may be pigments or dyes, and may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Specific examples of other colorants are shown below, but are not limited thereto.
 赤色顔料としては、例えばC.I.ピグメントレッド1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9、12、14、15、16、17、21、22、23、31、32、37、38、41、47、48、48:1、48:2、48:3、48:4、49、49:1、49:2、50:1、52:1、52:2、53、53:1、53:2、53:3、57、57:1、57:2、58:4、60、63、63:1、63:2、64、64:1、68、69、81、81:1、81:2、81:3、81:4、83、88、90:1、101、101:1、104、108、108:1、109、112、113、114、122、123、144、146、147、149、151、166、168、169、170、172、173、174、175、176、177、178、179、181、184、185、187、188、190、193、194、200、202、206、207、208、209、210、214、216、220、221、224、230、231、232、233、235、236、237、238、239、242、243、245、247、249、250、251、253、254、255、256、257、258、259、260、262、263、264、265、266、267、268、269、270、271、272、273、274、275、276、277、278、279、280、281、282、283、284、285、286、287、291、295、296、特開2014-134712号公報に記載された顔料、特許第6368844号公報に記載された顔料等を挙げることができる。これらの中でも、フィルタセグメントの耐熱性、耐光性、及び透過率の観点から、好ましくはC.I.ピグメントレッド48:1、122、177、224、242、254、269、272、291、295、296、特開2014-134712号公報に記載された顔料、特許第6368844号公報に記載された顔料であり、更に好ましくはC.I.ピグメントレッド177、254、269、272、291、295、296、特開2014-134712号公報に記載された顔料、特許第6368844号公報に記載された顔料である。 As a red pigment, for example, C.I. I. Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 21, 22, 23, 31, 32, 37, 38, 41, 47, 48, 48:1, 48:2, 48:3, 48:4, 49, 49:1, 49:2, 50:1, 52:1, 52:2, 53, 53:1, 53:2, 53: 3, 57, 57:1, 57:2, 58:4, 60, 63, 63:1, 63:2, 64, 64:1, 68, 69, 81, 81:1, 81:2, 81: 3, 81:4, 83, 88, 90:1, 101, 101:1, 104, 108, 108:1, 109, 112, 113, 114, 122, 123, 144, 146, 147, 149, 151, 166, 168, 169, 170, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 181, 184, 185, 187, 188, 190, 193, 194, 200, 202, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 214, 216, 220, 221, 224, 230, 231, 232, 233, 235, 236, 237, 238, 239, 242, 243, 245, 247, 249, 250, 251, 253, 254, 255, 256, 257, 258, 259, 260, 262, 263, 264, 265, 266, 267, 268, 269, 270, 271, 272, 273, 274, 275, 276, 277, 278, 279, 280, 281, 282, 283, 284, 285, 286, 287, 291, 295, 296, pigments described in JP-A-2014-134712, pigments described in JP-A-6368844, and the like. Among these, from the viewpoint of heat resistance, light resistance and transmittance of the filter segment, C.I. I. Pigment Red 48: 1, 122, 177, 224, 242, 254, 269, 272, 291, 295, 296, the pigment described in JP-A-2014-134712, the pigment described in Japanese Patent No. 6368844 Yes, more preferably C.I. I. Pigment Red 177, 254, 269, 272, 291, 295, 296, pigments described in JP-A-2014-134712, and pigments described in Japanese Patent No. 6368844.
 赤色染料としては、キサンテン系、アゾ系(ピリドン系、バルビツール酸系、金属錯体系など)、ジスアゾ系、アントラキノン系などが挙げられる。具体的には、C.I.アシッド レッド 52、87、92、289、338などのキサンテン系酸性染料の造塩化合物等が挙げられる。 Examples of red dyes include xanthene-based, azo-based (pyridone-based, barbituric acid-based, metal complex-based, etc.), disazo-based, and anthraquinone-based dyes. Specifically, C.I. I. Acid Red 52, 87, 92, 289, 338 and the like salt-forming compounds of xanthene acid dyes.
 黄色顔料としては、例えば、C.I.ピグメントイエロー1、2、3、4、5、6、10、12、13、14、15、16、17、18、24、31、32、34、35、35:1、36、36:1、37、37:1、40、42、43、53、55、60、61、62、63、65、73、74、77、81、83、93、94、95、97、98、100、101、104、106、108、109、110、113、114、115、116、117、118、119、120、123、126、127、128、129、138、147、150、151、152、153、154、155、156、161、162、164、166、167、168、169、170、171、172、173、174、175、176、177、179、180、181、182、185、187、188、192、193、194、196、198、199、213、214、231、233、234、特開2012-226110号公報に記載された顔料等が挙げられる。好ましくはC.I.ピグメントイエロー138、139、150、185、231、233、234、特開2012-226110号公報に記載された顔料である。 As a yellow pigment, for example, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35:1, 36, 36:1, 37, 37: 1, 40, 42, 43, 53, 55, 60, 61, 62, 63, 65, 73, 74, 77, 81, 83, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 123, 126, 127, 128, 129, 138, 147, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 161, 162, 164, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 179, 180, 181, 182, 185, 187, 188, 192, 193, 194, 196, 198, 199, 213, 214, 231, 233, 234, and pigments described in JP-A-2012-226110. Preferably C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 138, 139, 150, 185, 231, 233, 234, pigments described in JP-A-2012-226110.
 橙色顔料としては、C.I.ピグメントオレンジ36、38、43、51、55、59、61、71、または73などを挙げることができる。好ましくはC.I.ピグメントオレンジ71、73である。 As an orange pigment, C.I. I. Pigment Orange 36, 38, 43, 51, 55, 59, 61, 71, or 73 and the like. Preferably C.I. I. Pigment Orange 71 and 73.
 橙色染料および/または黄色染料としては、キノリン系、アゾ系(ピリドン系、バルビツール酸系、金属錯体系など)、ジスアゾ系、メチン系などが挙げられる。 Examples of orange dyes and/or yellow dyes include quinoline-based, azo-based (pyridone-based, barbituric acid-based, metal complex-based, etc.), disazo-based, and methine-based dyes.
 紫色顔料としては、例えばC.I.ピグメントバイオレット1、1:1、2、2:2、3、3:1、3:3、5、5:1、14、15、16、19、23、25、27、29、31、32、37、39、42、44、47、49、50などを挙げることができる。これらの中でも、フィルタセグメントの耐熱性、耐光性、及び透過率の観点から、好ましくはC.I.ピグメントバイオレット19、又は23であり、更に好ましくはC.I.ピグメントバイオレット23である。 As a purple pigment, for example, C.I. I. Pigment Violet 1, 1:1, 2, 2:2, 3, 3:1, 3:3, 5, 5:1, 14, 15, 16, 19, 23, 25, 27, 29, 31, 32, 37, 39, 42, 44, 47, 49, 50 and the like. Among these, from the viewpoint of heat resistance, light resistance and transmittance of the filter segment, C.I. I. Pigment Violet 19 or 23, more preferably C.I. I. Pigment Violet 23.
<有機溶剤>
 本発明の着色組成物は有機溶剤を含有する。これにより組成物の粘度調整が容易になる。
<Organic solvent>
The coloring composition of the present invention contains an organic solvent. This facilitates adjustment of the viscosity of the composition.
 有機溶剤は、例えば、例えば乳酸エチル、乳酸ブチル、ベンジルアルコール、1,2,3-トリクロロプロパン、1,3-ブタンジオール、1,3-ブチレングリコール、1,3-ブチレングリコールジアセテート、1,4-ジオキサン、2-ヘプタノン、2-メチル-1,3-プロパンジオール、3,5,5-トリメチル-2-シクロヘキセン-1-オン、3,3,5-トリメチルシクロヘキサノン、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3-メチル-1,3-ブタンジオール、3-メトキシ-3-メチル-1-ブタノール、3-メトキシ-3-メチルブチルアセテート、3-メトキシブタノール、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、4-ヘプタノン、m-キシレン、m-ジエチルベンゼン、m-ジクロロベンゼン、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、n-ブチルアルコール、n-ブチルベンゼン、n-プロピルアセテート、o-キシレン、o-クロロトルエン、o-ジエチルベンゼン、o-ジクロロベンゼン、p-クロロトルエン、p-ジエチルベンゼン、sec-ブチルベンゼン、tert-ブチルベンゼン、γ-ブチロラクトン、イソブチルアルコール、イソホロン、エチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、エチレングリコールジブチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノイソプロピルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノターシャリーブチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノプロピルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノヘキシルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、ジイソブチルケトン、ジエチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノイソプロピルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、シクロヘキサノール、シクロヘキサノールアセテート、シクロペンタノン、シクロヘキサノン、ジプロピレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセテート、ジプロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ダイアセトンアルコール、トリアセチン、トリプロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、トリプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールジアセテート、プロピレングリコールフェニルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルプロピオネート、4-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2-ペンタノン、N-メチルピロリドン、ベンジルアルコール、メチルイソブチルケトン、メチルシクロヘキサノール、酢酸n-アミル、酢酸n-ブチル、酢酸イソアミル、酢酸イソブチル、酢酸プロピル、二塩基酸エステル等が挙げられる。 Organic solvents include, for example, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, benzyl alcohol, 1,2,3-trichloropropane, 1,3-butanediol, 1,3-butylene glycol, 1,3-butylene glycol diacetate, 1, 4-dioxane, 2-heptanone, 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 3,5,5-trimethyl-2-cyclohexen-1-one, 3,3,5-trimethylcyclohexanone, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate , 3-methyl-1,3-butanediol, 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butanol, 3-methoxy-3-methylbutyl acetate, 3-methoxybutanol, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 4-heptanone, m -xylene, m-diethylbenzene, m-dichlorobenzene, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N,N-dimethylformamide, n-butyl alcohol, n-butylbenzene, n-propyl acetate, o-xylene, o-chlorotoluene, o-Diethylbenzene, o-dichlorobenzene, p-chlorotoluene, p-diethylbenzene, sec-butylbenzene, tert-butylbenzene, γ-butyrolactone, isobutyl alcohol, isophorone, ethylene glycol diethyl ether, ethylene glycol dibutyl ether, ethylene glycol mono Isopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monotertiary butyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monohexyl ether, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether , ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, diisobutyl ketone, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoisopropyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, cyclohexanol, cyclohexanol acetate, cyclopenta non, cyclohexanone, dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether, dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monobutyl ether, dipropylene glycol monopropyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, diacetone alcohol, triacetin, tripropylene Glycol monobutyl ether, tripropylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol diacetate, propylene glycol phenyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monopropyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene Glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether propionate, 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone, N-methylpyrrolidone, benzyl alcohol, methyl isobutyl ketone, methylcyclohexanol, n-amyl acetate, n-butyl acetate , isoamyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, propyl acetate, dibasic acid esters, and the like.
 上記の有機溶剤のうち、塗工用途の場合は、塗布性、乾燥性の点から、1atmにおける沸点が120℃以上180℃以下である有機溶剤を含むことが好ましい。中でも、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、乳酸エチル、乳酸ブチル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、4-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2-ペンタノン、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N-メチルピロリドン等が好ましく、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、乳酸エチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル等がより好ましい。 Among the above organic solvents, in the case of coating applications, it is preferable to include an organic solvent having a boiling point of 120°C or higher and 180°C or lower at 1 atm from the viewpoint of coating properties and drying properties. Among them, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2- Pentanone, N,N-dimethylformamide, N-methylpyrrolidone and the like are preferred, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethyl lactate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate and the like are more preferred.
(感光性着色組成物)
 本発明の着色組成物は、さらに光重合性単量体および/または光重合性開始剤を含むことができる。これにより、感光性着色組成物として用いることができる。
(Photosensitive coloring composition)
The coloring composition of the present invention can further contain a photopolymerizable monomer and/or a photopolymerizable initiator. Thereby, it can be used as a photosensitive coloring composition.
<光重合性単量体>
 本発明の着色組成物に含まれる光重合性単量体には、紫外線により硬化して透明樹脂を生成するモノマーもしくはオリゴマーが含まれる。
<Photopolymerizable monomer>
The photopolymerizable monomers contained in the coloring composition of the present invention include monomers or oligomers that are cured by ultraviolet light to form transparent resins.
 光重合性単量体は、例えば、メチル(メタ)アクリレート、エチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、β-カルボキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、ポリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、フェノキシテトラエチレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート、フェノキシヘキサエチレングリコール(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパンPO変性トリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパンEO変性トリ(メタ)アクリレート、イソシアヌル酸EO変性ジ(メタ)アクリレート、イソシアヌル酸EO変性トリ(メタ)アクリレート、ジトリメチロールプロパンテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジグリシジルエーテルジ(メタ)アクリレート、ビスフェノールAジグリシジルエーテルジ(メタ)アクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジグリシジルエーテルジ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、トリシクロデカニル(メタ)アクリレート、メチロール化メラミンの(メタ)アクリル酸エステル、エポキシ(メタ)アクリレート、ウレタンアクリレート等の各種アクリル酸エステル及びメタクリル酸エステル、(メタ)アクリル酸、スチレン、酢酸ビニル、ヒドロキシエチルビニルエーテル、エチレングリコールジビニルエーテル、ペンタエリスリトールトリビニルエーテル、(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-ヒドロキシメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-ビニルホルムアミド、アクリロニトリル等が挙げられる。 Photopolymerizable monomers include, for example, methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, β-carboxyethyl (Meth)acrylate, polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di(meth)acrylate, triethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate , phenoxytetraethylene glycol (meth)acrylate, phenoxyhexaethyleneglycol (meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane PO-modified tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane EO-modified tri(meth)acrylate, isocyanuric acid EO-modified di(meth)acrylate , isocyanuric acid EO-modified tri(meth)acrylate, ditrimethylolpropane tetra(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol diglycidyl ether di(meth)acrylate , bisphenol A diglycidyl ether di (meth) acrylate, neopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether di (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, tricyclodecanyl (meth) acrylate , Methylolated melamine (meth)acrylic acid esters, epoxy (meth)acrylates, various acrylic acid esters and methacrylic acid esters such as urethane acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid, styrene, vinyl acetate, hydroxyethyl vinyl ether, ethylene glycol divinyl ether , pentaerythritol trivinyl ether, (meth)acrylamide, N-hydroxymethyl(meth)acrylamide, N-vinylformamide, acrylonitrile and the like.
    (酸基を有する光重合性単量体)
 光重合性単量体は、酸基を有する光重合性単量体を含有できる。酸基は、スルホン酸基、カルボキシル基、リン酸基等が挙げられる。
(Photopolymerizable monomer having acid group)
The photopolymerizable monomers can contain photopolymerizable monomers having acid groups. Examples of acid groups include sulfonic acid groups, carboxyl groups, and phosphoric acid groups.
 酸基を有する光重合性単量体は、例えば、多価アルコールと(メタ)アクリル酸との遊離水酸基含有ポリ(メタ)アクリレート類と、ジカルボン酸類とのエステル化物;多価カルボン酸と、モノヒドロキシアルキル(メタ)アクリレート類とのエステル化物等が挙げられる。具体例は、トリメチロールプロパンジアクリレート、トリメチロールプロパンジメタクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリメタクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタアクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタメタクリレート等のモノヒドロキシオリゴアクリレート又はモノヒドロキシオリゴメタクリレート類と、マロン酸、コハク酸、グルタル酸、フタル酸等のジカルボン酸類との遊離カルボキシル基含有モノエステル化物;プロパン-1,2,3-トリカルボン酸(トリカルバリル酸)、ブタン-1,2,4-トリカルボン酸、ベンゼン-1,2,3-トリカルボン酸、ベンゼン-1,3,4-トリカルボン酸、ベンゼン-1,3,5-トリカルボン酸等のトリカルボン酸類と、2-ヒドロキシエチルアクリレート、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート、2-ヒドロキシプロピルアクリレート、2-ヒドロキシプロピルメタクリレート等のモノヒドロキシモノアクリレート又はモノヒドロキシモノメタクリレート類との遊離カルボキシル基含有オリゴエステル化物等が挙げられる。 Photopolymerizable monomers having an acid group include, for example, polyhydric alcohols and (meth)acrylic acid esters of free hydroxyl group-containing poly(meth)acrylates and dicarboxylic acids; Examples thereof include esterified products with hydroxyalkyl (meth)acrylates. Specific examples include monohydroxyoligoacrylates or monohydroxyoligomethacrylates such as trimethylolpropane diacrylate, trimethylolpropane dimethacrylate, pentaerythritol triacrylate, pentaerythritol trimethacrylate, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, and dipentaerythritol pentamethacrylate. , malonic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, free carboxyl group-containing monoesters with dicarboxylic acids such as phthalic acid; propane-1,2,3-tricarboxylic acid (tricarballylic acid), butane-1,2,4- Tricarboxylic acids such as tricarboxylic acid, benzene-1,2,3-tricarboxylic acid, benzene-1,3,4-tricarboxylic acid, benzene-1,3,5-tricarboxylic acid, 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 2-hydroxy Monohydroxy monoacrylates such as ethyl methacrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl acrylate and 2-hydroxypropyl methacrylate, or free carboxyl group-containing oligoesters with monohydroxy monomethacrylates, and the like can be mentioned.
    (ウレタン結合を有する光重合性単量体)
 光重合性単量体は、エチレン性不飽和結合とウレタン結合を有する単量体を含有できる。前記単量体は、例えば、水酸基を有する(メタ)アクリレートに多官能イソシアネートを反応させて得られる多官能ウレタンアクリレートや、アルコールに多官能イソシアネートを反応させ、さらに水酸基を有する(メタ)アクリレートを反応させて得られる多官能ウレタンアクリレート等が挙げられる。
(Photopolymerizable monomer having urethane bond)
The photopolymerizable monomer can contain a monomer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond and a urethane bond. The monomer is, for example, a polyfunctional urethane acrylate obtained by reacting a polyfunctional isocyanate with a (meth)acrylate having a hydroxyl group, or reacting a polyfunctional isocyanate with an alcohol and further reacting a (meth)acrylate having a hydroxyl group. and polyfunctional urethane acrylates obtained by
 水酸基を有する(メタ)アクリレートは、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、4-ヒドロキシブチル(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパンジ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、ジトリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールエチレンオキサイド変性ペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールプロピレンオキサイド変性ペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールカプロラクトン変性ペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、グリセロールアクリレートメタクリレート、グリセロールジメタクリレート、2-ヒドロキシ-3-アクリロイルプロピルメタクリレート、エポキシ基含有化合物とカルボキシ(メタ)アクリレートの反応物、水酸基含有ポリオールポリアクリレート等が挙げられる。 (Meth)acrylates having a hydroxyl group include 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane di(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, ditrimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, ) acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol ethylene oxide-modified penta(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol propylene oxide-modified penta(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol caprolactone-modified penta(meth)acrylate, glycerol acrylate methacrylate , glycerol dimethacrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-acryloylpropyl methacrylate, a reaction product of an epoxy group-containing compound and carboxy(meth)acrylate, hydroxyl group-containing polyol polyacrylate, and the like.
 また、多官能イソシアネートは、トリレンジイソシアネート、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート、ジフェニルメチレンジイソシアネート、イソホロンジイソシアネート、ポリイソシアネート等が挙げられる。 In addition, polyfunctional isocyanates include tolylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, diphenylmethylene diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate, polyisocyanate, and the like.
 光重合性単量体は、単独または2種類以上を併用して使用できる。 The photopolymerizable monomers can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 光重合性単量体の配合量は、着色組成物の不揮発分100質量%中、1~50質量%が好ましく、2~40質量%がより好ましい。適量配合すると硬化性及び現像性がより向上する。 The blending amount of the photopolymerizable monomer is preferably 1 to 50% by mass, more preferably 2 to 40% by mass, based on 100% by mass of the non-volatile matter of the coloring composition. Curability and developability are further improved when blended in an appropriate amount.
<光重合性開始剤>
 光重合性開始剤は、例えば、4-フェノキシジクロロアセトフェノン、4-t-ブチル-ジクロロアセトフェノン、ジエトキシアセトフェノン、1-(4-イソプロピルフェニル)-2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチルプロパン-1-オン、1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン、2-メチル-1-[4-(メチルチオ)フェニル]-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン、2-(ジメチルアミノ)-1-[4-(4-モルホリノ)フェニル]-2-(フェニルメチル)-1-ブタノン、又は2-(ジメチルアミノ)-2-[(4-メチルフェニル)メチル]-1-[4-(4-モルホリニル)フェニル]-1-ブタノン等のアセトフェノン系化合物;ベンゾイン、ベンゾインメチルエーテル、ベンゾインエチルエーテル、ベンゾインイソプロピルエーテル、又はベンジルジメチルケタール等のベンゾイン系化合物;ベンゾフェノン、ベンゾイル安息香酸、ベンゾイル安息香酸メチル、4-フェニルベンゾフェノン、ヒドロキシベンゾフェノン、アクリル化ベンゾフェノン、4-ベンゾイル-4’-メチルジフェニルサルファイド、又は3,3’,4,4’-テトラ(t-ブチルパーオキシカルボニル)ベンゾフェノン等のベンゾフェノン系化合物;チオキサントン、2-クロルチオキサントン、2-メチルチオキサントン、イソプロピルチオキサントン、2,4-ジイソプロピルチオキサントン、又は2,4-ジエチルチオキサントン等のチオキサントン系化合物;2,4,6-トリクロロ-s-トリアジン、2-フェニル-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2-(p-メトキシフェニル)-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2-(p-トリル)-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2-ピペロニル-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2,4-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-6-スチリル-s-トリアジン、2-(ナフト-1-イル)-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2-(4-メトキシ-ナフト-1-イル)-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2,4-トリクロロメチル-(ピペロニル)-6-トリアジン、又は2,4-トリクロロメチル-(4’-メトキシスチリル)-6-トリアジン等のトリアジン系化合物;1,2-オクタンジオン,1-〔4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル-,2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)〕、又はエタノン,1-〔9-エチル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル〕-,1-(O-アセチルオキシム)等のオキシムエステル系化合物;ビス(2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル)フェニルホスフィンオキサイド、又はジフェニル-2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイルホスフィンオキサイド等のホスフィン系化合物;9,10-フェナンスレンキノン、カンファーキノン、エチルアントラキノン等のキノン系化合物;ボレート系化合物;カルバゾール系化合物;イミダゾール系化合物;あるいは、チタノセン系化合物等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、オキシムエステル系化合物が好ましい。
<Photopolymerization initiator>
Photopolymerization initiators are, for example, 4-phenoxydichloroacetophenone, 4-t-butyl-dichloroacetophenone, diethoxyacetophenone, 1-(4-isopropylphenyl)-2-hydroxy-2-methylpropan-1-one, 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenyl ketone, 2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholinopropan-1-one, 2-(dimethylamino)-1-[4-(4-morpholino)phenyl ]-2-(phenylmethyl)-1-butanone, or 2-(dimethylamino)-2-[(4-methylphenyl)methyl]-1-[4-(4-morpholinyl)phenyl]-1-butanone, etc. acetophenone compounds; benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, or benzyl dimethyl ketal; benzophenone, benzoylbenzoic acid, methyl benzoylbenzoate, 4-phenylbenzophenone, hydroxybenzophenone, acrylated Benzophenone compounds such as benzophenone, 4-benzoyl-4'-methyldiphenylsulfide, or 3,3',4,4'-tetra(t-butylperoxycarbonyl)benzophenone; thioxanthone, 2-chlorothioxanthone, 2-methyl Thioxanthone compounds such as thioxanthone, isopropylthioxanthone, 2,4-diisopropylthioxanthone, or 2,4-diethylthioxanthone; 2,4,6-trichloro-s-triazine, 2-phenyl-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl) -s-triazine, 2-(p-methoxyphenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(p-tolyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-piperonyl-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2,4-bis(trichloromethyl)-6-styryl-s-triazine, 2-(naphth-1-yl)-4,6- Bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(4-methoxy-naphth-1-yl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2,4-trichloromethyl-(piperonyl)-6 -triazine or triazine compounds such as 2,4-trichloromethyl-(4′-methoxystyryl)-6-triazine; 1,2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl-,2-(O -benzoyloxime)], or oxime ester compounds such as ethanone, 1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-methylbenzoyl)-9H-carbazol-3-yl]-, 1-(O-acetyloxime); Phosphine compounds such as bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl)phenylphosphine oxide or diphenyl-2,4,6-trimethylbenzoylphosphine oxide; 9,10-phenanthrenequinone, camphorquinone, ethylanthraquinone and the like quinone-based compounds; borate-based compounds; carbazole-based compounds; imidazole-based compounds; or titanocene-based compounds. Among these, oxime ester compounds are preferred.
 光重合性開始剤は、単独または2種類以上を併用して使用できる。 The photopolymerization initiator can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
    (オキシムエステル系化合物)
 オキシムエステル系化合物は、紫外線を吸収することによってオキシムのN-O結合の解裂がおこり、イミニルラジカルとアルキロキシラジカルを生成する。これらのラジカルは更に分解することにより活性の高いラジカルを生成するため、少ない露光量でパターンを形成させることができる。着色組成物の着色剤濃度が高い場合、塗膜の紫外線透過率が低くなり塗膜の硬化度が低くなることがあるが、オキシムエステル系化合物は高い量子効率を持つため好適に使用される。
(Oxime ester compound)
In oxime ester-based compounds, the absorption of ultraviolet light causes cleavage of the NO bond of the oxime to produce iminyl radicals and alkyloxy radicals. Since these radicals are further decomposed to generate highly active radicals, a pattern can be formed with a small amount of exposure. When the colorant concentration of the coloring composition is high, the ultraviolet transmittance of the coating film may be low and the degree of curing of the coating film may be low.
 オキシムエステル系化合物は、特開2007-210991号公報、特開2009-179619号公報、特開2010-037223号公報、特開2010-215575号公報、特開2011-020998号公報等に記載のオキシムエステル系光重合性開始剤が挙げられる。 Oxime ester compounds are oximes described in JP-A-2007-210991, JP-A-2009-179619, JP-A-2010-037223, JP-A-2010-215575, JP-A-2011-020998, etc. Ester-based photopolymerization initiators can be mentioned.
 光重合性開始剤の含有量は、着色剤100質量部に対し、2~50質量部が好ましく、2~30質量部がより好ましい。適量配合すると光硬化性及び現像性がより向上する。 The content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 2 to 50 parts by mass, more preferably 2 to 30 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the colorant. When blended in an appropriate amount, the photocurability and developability are further improved.
<増感剤>
 さらに、本発明の着色組成物には、増感剤を含有させることができる。
 増感剤としては、カルコン誘導体、ジベンザルアセトン等に代表される不飽和ケトン類、ベンジルやカンファーキノン等に代表される1,2-ジケトン誘導体、ベンゾイン誘導体、フルオレン誘導体、ナフトキノン誘導体、アントラキノン誘導体、キサンテン誘導体、チオキサンテン誘導体、キサントン誘導体、チオキサントン誘導体、クマリン誘導体、ケトクマリン誘導体、シアニン誘導体、メロシアニン誘導体、オキソノ-ル誘導体等のポリメチン色素、アクリジン誘導体、アジン誘導体、チアジン誘導体、オキサジン誘導体、インドリン誘導体、アズレン誘導体、アズレニウム誘導体、スクアリリウム誘導体、ポルフィリン誘導体、テトラフェニルポルフィリン誘導体、トリアリールメタン誘導体、テトラベンゾポルフィリン誘導体、テトラピラジノポルフィラジン誘導体、フタロシアニン誘導体、テトラアザポルフィラジン誘導体、テトラキノキサリロポルフィラジン誘導体、ナフタロシアニン誘導体、サブフタロシアニン誘導体、ピリリウム誘導体、チオピリリウム誘導体、テトラフィリン誘導体、アヌレン誘導体、スピロピラン誘導体、スピロオキサジン誘導体、チオスピロピラン誘導体、金属アレーン錯体、有機ルテニウム錯体、又はミヒラーケトン誘導体、α-アシロキシエステル、アシルフォスフィンオキサイド、メチルフェニルグリオキシレート、ベンジル、9,10-フェナンスレンキノン、カンファーキノン、エチルアンスラキノン、4,4’-ジエチルイソフタロフェノン、3,3’又は4,4’-テトラ(t-ブチルパーオキシカルボニル)ベンゾフェノン、4,4’-ビス(ジエチルアミノ)ベンゾフェノン等が挙げられる。
<Sensitizer>
Furthermore, the coloring composition of the present invention can contain a sensitizer.
Sensitizers include chalcone derivatives, unsaturated ketones such as dibenzalacetone, 1,2-diketone derivatives such as benzyl and camphorquinone, benzoin derivatives, fluorene derivatives, naphthoquinone derivatives, and anthraquinone derivatives. , xanthene derivatives, thioxanthene derivatives, xanthone derivatives, thioxanthone derivatives, coumarin derivatives, ketocoumarin derivatives, cyanine derivatives, merocyanine derivatives, polymethine dyes such as oxonol derivatives, acridine derivatives, azine derivatives, thiazine derivatives, oxazine derivatives, indoline derivatives, Azulene derivatives, azulenium derivatives, squarylium derivatives, porphyrin derivatives, tetraphenylporphyrin derivatives, triarylmethane derivatives, tetrabenzoporphyrin derivatives, tetrapyrazinoporphyrazine derivatives, phthalocyanine derivatives, tetraazaporphyrazine derivatives, tetraquinoxalyloporphyrazine derivatives , naphthalocyanine derivatives, subphthalocyanine derivatives, pyrylium derivatives, thiopyrylium derivatives, tetraphylline derivatives, annulene derivatives, spiropyran derivatives, spirooxazine derivatives, thiospiropyran derivatives, metal arene complexes, organic ruthenium complexes, or Michler ketone derivatives, α-acyloxyesters , acylphosphine oxide, methylphenylglyoxylate, benzyl, 9,10-phenanthrenequinone, camphorquinone, ethylanthraquinone, 4,4′-diethylisophthalophenone, 3,3′ or 4,4′- tetra(t-butylperoxycarbonyl)benzophenone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone and the like.
 上記増感剤の中で、特に好適に増感しうる増感剤としては、チオキサントン誘導体、ミヒラーケトン誘導体、カルバゾール誘導体が挙げられる。さらに具体的には、2,4-ジエチルチオキサントン、2-クロロチオキサントン、2,4-ジクロロチオキサントン、2-イソプロピルチオキサントン、4-イソプロピルチオキサントン、1-クロロ-4-プロポキシチオキサントン、4,4’-ビス(ジメチルアミノ)ベンゾフェノン、4,4’-ビス(ジエチルアミノ)ベンゾフェノン、4,4’-ビス(エチルメチルアミノ)ベンゾフェノン、N-エチルカルバゾール、3-ベンゾイル-N-エチルカルバゾール、3,6-ジベンゾイル-N-エチルカルバゾール等が用いられる。 Among the above sensitizers, thioxanthone derivatives, Michler's ketone derivatives, and carbazole derivatives can be mentioned as sensitizers that are particularly suitable for sensitization. More specifically, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone, 2-chlorothioxanthone, 2,4-dichlorothioxanthone, 2-isopropylthioxanthone, 4-isopropylthioxanthone, 1-chloro-4-propoxythioxanthone, 4,4′-bis (Dimethylamino)benzophenone, 4,4'-bis(diethylamino)benzophenone, 4,4'-bis(ethylmethylamino)benzophenone, N-ethylcarbazole, 3-benzoyl-N-ethylcarbazole, 3,6-dibenzoyl- N-ethylcarbazole or the like is used.
 さらに具体的には、大河原信ら編、「色素ハンドブック」(1986年、講談社)、大河原信ら編、「機能性色素の化学」(1981年、シーエムシー)、池森忠三朗ら編、及び「特殊機能材料」(1986年、シーエムシー)に記載の増感剤が挙げられるがこれらに限定されるものではない。また、その他、紫外から近赤外域にかけての光に対して吸収を示す増感剤を含有させることもできる。 More specifically, edited by Shin Okawara et al., "Dye Handbook" (1986, Kodansha), edited by Shin Okawara et al., "Chemistry of Functional Dyes" (1981, CMC), Chuzaburo Ikemori et al. Special Functional Materials" (1986, CMC), but are not limited to these. In addition, a sensitizer that absorbs light in the ultraviolet to near-infrared region can also be included.
 増感剤は、単独または2種類以上を併用して使用できる。 The sensitizer can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 増感剤の含有量は、光重合性開始剤100質量部に対し、3~60質量部でが好ましく、5~50質量部がより好ましい。適量含有すると硬化性、現像性がより向上する。 The content of the sensitizer is preferably 3 to 60 parts by mass, more preferably 5 to 50 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the photopolymerization initiator. When contained in an appropriate amount, curability and developability are further improved.
<チオール系連鎖移動剤>
 本発明の着色組成物は連鎖移動剤として、チオール系連鎖移動剤を含むことが好ましい。チオールを光重合性開始剤とともに使用することにより、光照射後のラジカル重合過程において、連鎖移動剤として働き、酸素による重合阻害を受けにくいチイルラジカルが発生するので、得られる着色組成物は高感度となる。
<Thiol chain transfer agent>
The coloring composition of the present invention preferably contains a thiol chain transfer agent as a chain transfer agent. By using a thiol together with a photopolymerization initiator, in the radical polymerization process after light irradiation, it acts as a chain transfer agent and generates thiyl radicals that are less susceptible to polymerization inhibition by oxygen, so the resulting colored composition has high sensitivity. Become.
 また、チオール基が2個以上あるメチレン、エチレン基等の脂肪族基に結合した多官能脂肪族チオールが好ましい。より好ましくは、チオール基が4個以上ある多官能脂肪族チオールである。官能基数が増えることで、重合開始機能が向上し、パターンにおける表面から基材付近まで硬化させることができる。 Also, polyfunctional aliphatic thiols bonded to aliphatic groups such as methylene and ethylene groups having two or more thiol groups are preferred. More preferred are polyfunctional aliphatic thiols having 4 or more thiol groups. By increasing the number of functional groups, the polymerization initiation function is improved, and it is possible to cure from the surface of the pattern to the vicinity of the substrate.
 多官能チオールとしては、例えば、ヘキサンジチオール 、デカンジチオール 、1,4-ブタンジオールビスチオプロピオネート、1,4-ブタンジオールビスチオグリコレート、エチレングリコールビスチオグリコレート、エチレングリコールビスチオプロピオネート、トリメチロールプロパントリスチオグリコレート、トリメチロールプロパントリスチオプロピオネート、トリメチロールプロパントリス(3-メルカプトブチレート)、ペンタエリスリトールテトラキスチオグリコレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラキスチオプロピオネート、トリメルカプトプロピオン酸トリス(2-ヒドロキシエチル)イソシアヌレート、1,4-ジメチルメルカプトベンゼン、2、4、6-トリメルカプト-s-トリアジン、2-(N,N-ジブチルアミノ)-4,6-ジメルカプト-s-トリアジンなどが挙げられ、好ましくは、エチレングリコールビスチオプロピオネート、トリメチロールプロパントリスチオプロピオネート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラキスチオプロピオネートが挙げられる。 Polyfunctional thiols include, for example, hexanedithiol, decanedithiol, 1,4-butanediol bisthiopropionate, 1,4-butanediol bisthioglycolate, ethylene glycol bisthioglycolate, ethylene glycol bisthiopropio trimethylolpropane tristhioglycolate, trimethylolpropane tristhiopropionate, trimethylolpropane tris(3-mercaptobutyrate), pentaerythritol tetrakisthioglycolate, pentaerythritol tetrakisthiopropionate, trimercaptopropionic acid tris(2-hydroxyethyl)isocyanurate, 1,4-dimethylmercaptobenzene, 2,4,6-trimercapto-s-triazine, 2-(N,N-dibutylamino)-4,6-dimercapto-s- Examples include triazines, preferably ethylene glycol bisthiopropionate, trimethylolpropane tristhiopropionate, and pentaerythritol tetrakisthiopropionate.
 チオール系連鎖移動剤は、単独または2種類以上を併用して使用できる。 The thiol-based chain transfer agent can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 チオール系連鎖移動剤の含有量は、着色組成物の不揮発分100質量%中、0.1~10質量%が好ましく、0.1~3質量%がより好ましい。適量含有すると光感度、テーパー形状が向上し、被膜表面にシワが発生し難くなる。 The content of the thiol-based chain transfer agent is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 3% by mass, based on 100% by mass of the non-volatile matter of the coloring composition. When contained in an appropriate amount, the photosensitivity and tapered shape are improved, and wrinkles are less likely to occur on the coating surface.
<重合禁止剤>
 本発明の着色組成物は、重合禁止剤を含むことができる。これによりフォトリソグラフィー法の露光時にマスクの回折光による感光を抑制できるため、所望の形状のパターンが得やすくなる。
<Polymerization inhibitor>
The coloring composition of the present invention can contain a polymerization inhibitor. This makes it possible to suppress exposure due to diffracted light from the mask during photolithographic exposure, making it easier to obtain a pattern of a desired shape.
 重合禁止剤としては、例えば、カテコール、レゾルシノール、1,4-ヒドロキノン、2-メチルカテコール、3-メチルカテコール、4-メチルカテコール、2-エチルカテコール、3-エチルカテコール、4-エチルカテコール、2-プロピルカテコール、3-プロピルカテコール、4-プロピルカテコール、2-n-ブチルカテコール、3-n-ブチルカテコール、4-n-ブチルカテコール、2-tert-ブチルカテコール、3-tert-ブチルカテコール、4-tert-ブチルカテコール、3,5-ジ-tert-ブチルカテコール等のアルキルカテコール系化合物、2-メチルレゾルシノール、4-メチルレゾルシノール、2-エチルレゾルシノール、4-エチルレゾルシノール、2-プロピルレゾルシノール、4-プロピルレゾルシノール、2-n-ブチルレゾルシノール、4-n-ブチルレゾルシノール、2-tert-ブチルレゾルシノール、4-tert-ブチルレゾルシノール等のアルキルレゾルシノール系化合物、メチルヒドロキノン、エチルヒドロキノン、プロピルヒドロキノン、tert-ブチルヒドロキノン、2,5-ジ-tert-ブチルヒドロキノン等のアルキルヒドロキノン系化合物、トリブチルホスフィン、トリオクチルホスフィン、トリシクロヘキシルホスフィン、トリフェニルホスフィン、トリベンジルホスフィン等のホスフィン化合物、トリオクチルホスフィンオキサイド、トリフェニルホスフィンオキサイドなどのホスフィンオキサイド化合物、トリフェニルホスファイト、トリスノニルフェニルホスファイト等のホスファイト化合物、ピロガロール、フロログルシンなどが挙げられる。 Examples of polymerization inhibitors include catechol, resorcinol, 1,4-hydroquinone, 2-methylcatechol, 3-methylcatechol, 4-methylcatechol, 2-ethylcatechol, 3-ethylcatechol, 4-ethylcatechol, 2- Propylcatechol, 3-propylcatechol, 4-propylcatechol, 2-n-butylcatechol, 3-n-butylcatechol, 4-n-butylcatechol, 2-tert-butylcatechol, 3-tert-butylcatechol, 4- Alkylcatechol compounds such as tert-butylcatechol and 3,5-di-tert-butylcatechol, 2-methylresorcinol, 4-methylresorcinol, 2-ethylresorcinol, 4-ethylresorcinol, 2-propylresorcinol, 4-propyl Alkylresorcinol compounds such as resorcinol, 2-n-butylresorcinol, 4-n-butylresorcinol, 2-tert-butylresorcinol, 4-tert-butylresorcinol, methylhydroquinone, ethylhydroquinone, propylhydroquinone, tert-butylhydroquinone, Alkylhydroquinone compounds such as 2,5-di-tert-butylhydroquinone, phosphine compounds such as tributylphosphine, trioctylphosphine, tricyclohexylphosphine, triphenylphosphine and tribenzylphosphine, trioctylphosphine oxide, triphenylphosphine oxide, etc. phosphine oxide compounds, phosphite compounds such as triphenylphosphite and trisnonylphenylphosphite, pyrogallol, phloroglucine and the like.
 重合禁止剤の含有量は、着色組成物の不揮発分100質量%中、0.01~0.4質量%が好ましい。この範囲において、重合禁止剤の効果が大きくなり、テーパーの直線性や塗膜のシワ、パターン解像性等が良好になる。 The content of the polymerization inhibitor is preferably 0.01 to 0.4% by mass based on 100% by mass of the non-volatile content of the coloring composition. Within this range, the effect of the polymerization inhibitor is increased, and the straightness of the taper, the wrinkles of the coating film, the pattern resolution, etc. are improved.
<紫外線吸収剤>
 本発明の着色組成物は、紫外線吸収剤を含んでも良い。本発明における紫外線吸収剤とは、紫外線吸収機能を有する有機化合物であり、ベンゾトリアゾール系化合物、トリアジン系化合物、ベンゾフェノン系化合物、サリチル酸エステル系化合物、シアノアクリレート系化合物、及びサリシレート系化合物などが挙げられる。
<Ultraviolet absorber>
The coloring composition of the present invention may contain an ultraviolet absorber. The ultraviolet absorber in the present invention is an organic compound having an ultraviolet absorption function, and includes benzotriazole-based compounds, triazine-based compounds, benzophenone-based compounds, salicylic acid ester-based compounds, cyanoacrylate-based compounds, and salicylate-based compounds. .
 紫外線吸収剤の含有量は、光重合性開始剤と紫外線吸収剤との合計100質量%中、5~70質量%が好ましい。適量含有すると現像後の解像性がより向上する。 The content of the ultraviolet absorber is preferably 5 to 70% by mass based on the total 100% by mass of the photopolymerization initiator and the ultraviolet absorber. When contained in an appropriate amount, the resolution after development is further improved.
 また、光重合性開始剤と紫外線吸収剤の合計含有量は、着色組成物の不揮発分100質量%中、1~20質量%が好ましい。適量含有すると基板と被膜の密着性がより向上し、良好な解像性が得られる。 In addition, the total content of the photopolymerization initiator and the ultraviolet absorber is preferably 1 to 20% by mass based on 100% by mass of the non-volatile content of the coloring composition. When contained in an appropriate amount, the adhesion between the substrate and the film is further improved, and good resolution can be obtained.
 ベンゾトリアゾール系化合物としては2-(5メチル-2-ヒドロキシフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール、2-(2-ヒドロキシ-5-t-ブチルフェニル)-2H-ベンゾトリアゾール、2-[2-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ビス(α, α-ジメチルベンジル)フェニル]-2H-ベンゾトリアゾール、2-(3-tブチル-5-メチル-2-ヒドロキシフェニル)-5-クロロベンゾトリアゾール、2-(2'-ヒドロキシ-5'-t-オクチルフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール、5%の2-メトキシ-1-メチルエチルアセテートと95%のベンゼンプロパン酸,3-(2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)-(1,1-ジメチルエチル)-4-ヒドロキシ,C7-9側鎖及び直鎖アルキルエステルの混合物、2-(2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)-4,6-ビス(1-メチル-1-フェニルエチル)フェノール、2-(2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)-6-(1-メチル-1-フェニルエチル)-4-(1,1,3,3-テトラメチルブチル)フェノール、メチル 3-(3-(2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)-5-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート/ポリエチレングリコール300の反応生成物、2-(2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)-4-(1,1,3,3-テトラメチルブチル)フェノール、2,2’-メチレンビス[6-(2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)-4-(1,1,3,3-テトラメチルブチル)フェノール]、2-(2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)-p-クレゾール、2-(5-クロロ-2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)-6-t-ブチル-4-メチルフェノール、2-(3,5-ジ-t-アミル-2-ヒドロキシフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール、2-[2-ヒドロキシ-5-[2-(メタクリロイルオキシ)エチル]フェニル]-2H-ベンゾトリアゾール、オクチル-3-[3-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシ-5-(5-クロロ-2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)フェニル]プロピオネート、2-エチルヘキシル-3-[3-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシ-5-(5-クロロ-2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)フェニル]プロピオネートが挙げられる。その他ベンゾトリアゾール構造を有するオリゴマータイプ及びポリマータイプの化合物等も使用することが出来る。 Benzotriazole compounds include 2-(5-methyl-2-hydroxyphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-(2-hydroxy-5-t-butylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole, 2-[2-hydroxy-3,5 -bis(α,α-dimethylbenzyl)phenyl]-2H-benzotriazole, 2-(3-tbutyl-5-methyl-2-hydroxyphenyl)-5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2-(2'-hydroxy- 5′-t-octylphenyl)benzotriazole, 5% 2-methoxy-1-methylethyl acetate and 95% benzenepropanoic acid, 3-(2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)-(1,1-dimethyl ethyl)-4-hydroxy, a mixture of C7-9 side chain and linear alkyl esters, 2-(2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)-4,6-bis(1-methyl-1-phenylethyl)phenol, 2-(2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)-6-(1-methyl-1-phenylethyl)-4-(1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl)phenol, methyl 3-(3-( 2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)-5-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate/polyethylene glycol 300 reaction product, 2-(2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)-4-(1,1 ,3,3-tetramethylbutyl)phenol, 2,2′-methylenebis[6-(2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)-4-(1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl)phenol], 2 -(2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)-p-cresol, 2-(5-chloro-2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)-6-t-butyl-4-methylphenol, 2-(3,5 -di-t-amyl-2-hydroxyphenyl)benzotriazole, 2-[2-hydroxy-5-[2-(methacryloyloxy)ethyl]phenyl]-2H-benzotriazole, octyl-3-[3-tert- Butyl-4-hydroxy-5-(5-chloro-2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)phenyl]propionate, 2-ethylhexyl-3-[3-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-5-(5-chloro- 2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)phenyl]propionate. In addition, oligomer type and polymer type compounds having a benzotriazole structure can also be used.
 トリアジン系化合物としては、2,4-ビス(2,4-ジメチルフェニル)-6-(2-ヒドロキシ-4-n-オクチルオキシフェニル)-1,3,5-トリアジン、2‐[4,6‐ビス(2,4‐ジメチルフェニル)‐1,3,5‐トリアジン‐2‐イル]‐5‐[3‐(ドデシルオキシ)‐2‐ヒドロキシプロポキシ]フェノール、2-(2,4-ジヒドロキシフェニル)-4,6-ビス(2,4-ジメチルフェニル)-1,3,5-トリアジンと(2-エチルヘキシル)-グリシド酸エステルの反応生成物、2,4-ビス「2-ヒドロキシ-4-ブトキシフェニル」-6-(2,4-ジブトキシフェニル)-1,3,5-トリアジン、2-(4,6-ジフェニル-1,3,5-トリアジン-2-イル)-5-(ヘキシルオキシ)フェノール、2-(4,6-ジフェニル-1,3,5-トリアジン-2-イル)-5-[2-(2-エチルヘキサノイルオキシ)エトキシ]フェノール、2,4,6-トリス(2-ヒドロキシ-4-ヘキシルオキシ-3-メチルフェニル)-1,3,5-トリアジン等が挙げられる。その他トリアジン構造を有するオリゴマータイプ及びポリマータイプの化合物等も使用することが出来る。 Triazine compounds include 2,4-bis(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-6-(2-hydroxy-4-n-octyloxyphenyl)-1,3,5-triazine, 2-[4,6 -bis(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl]-5-[3-(dodecyloxy)-2-hydroxypropoxy]phenol, 2-(2,4-dihydroxyphenyl )-4,6-bis(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-1,3,5-triazine and (2-ethylhexyl)-glycidate ester reaction product, 2,4-bis "2-hydroxy-4- butoxyphenyl"-6-(2,4-dibutoxyphenyl)-1,3,5-triazine, 2-(4,6-diphenyl-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl)-5-(hexyl oxy)phenol, 2-(4,6-diphenyl-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl)-5-[2-(2-ethylhexanoyloxy)ethoxy]phenol, 2,4,6-tris (2-Hydroxy-4-hexyloxy-3-methylphenyl)-1,3,5-triazine and the like. In addition, oligomer type and polymer type compounds having a triazine structure can also be used.
 ベンゾフェノン系化合物としては、2,4-ジ-ヒドロキシベンゾフェノン、2-ヒドロキシ-4-メトキシベンゾフェノン、2-ヒドロキシ-4-n-オクトキシベンゾフェノン、2,2’-ジ-ヒドロキシ-4-メトキシベンゾフェノン、2,2’-ジヒドロキシ-4,4’-ジメトキシベンゾフェノン、4-ドデシロキシ-2-ヒドロキシベンゾフェノン、2-ヒドロキシ-4-オクタデシロキシベンゾフェノン、2,2’ジヒドロキシ-4,4’-ジメトキシベンゾフェノン、2,2’,4,4’-テトラヒドロキシベンゾフェノン、2-ヒドロキシ-4-メトキシ-2’-カルボキシベンゾフェノン等が挙げられる。その他ベンゾフェノン構造を有するオリゴマータイプ及びポリマータイプの化合物等も使用することが出来る。 Benzophenone compounds include 2,4-di-hydroxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-n-octoxybenzophenone, 2,2′-di-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, 2,2'-dihydroxy-4,4'-dimethoxybenzophenone, 4-dodecyloxy-2-hydroxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-octadecyloxybenzophenone, 2,2'dihydroxy-4,4'-dimethoxybenzophenone, 2 , 2′,4,4′-tetrahydroxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxy-2′-carboxybenzophenone and the like. In addition, oligomer type and polymer type compounds having a benzophenone structure can also be used.
 サリチル酸エステル系化合物としては、サリチル酸フェニル、サリチル酸p-オクチルフェニル、サリチル酸p-tertブチルフェニル等が挙げられる。その他サリチル酸エステル構造を有するオリゴマータイプ及びポリマータイプの化合物等も使用することが出来る。 Examples of salicylate compounds include phenyl salicylate, p-octylphenyl salicylate, and p-tertbutylphenyl salicylate. In addition, oligomer type and polymer type compounds having a salicylic acid ester structure can also be used.
<酸化防止剤>
 本発明の着色組成物は、酸化防止剤を含有することができる。酸化防止剤は、着色組成物に含まれる光重合性開始剤や熱硬化性化合物が、熱硬化やITOアニール時の熱工程によって酸化し黄変することを防ぐため、塗膜の透過率を向上できる。特に着色組成物の着色剤濃度が高い場合、塗膜架橋成分量が少なくなるため高感度の架橋成分の使用や、光重合性開始剤の増量といった対応を取るため熱工程の黄変が強くなる現象が見られる。そのため、酸化防止剤を含むことで、加熱工程時の酸化による黄変を防止し、高い塗膜の透過率を得る事ができる。
<Antioxidant>
The coloring composition of the present invention can contain an antioxidant. Antioxidants prevent the photopolymerization initiators and thermosetting compounds contained in the coloring composition from oxidizing and yellowing due to the heat process during thermal curing and ITO annealing, and improve the transmittance of the coating film. can. Especially when the colorant concentration of the coloring composition is high, the amount of the coating film cross-linking component is reduced, so measures such as using a highly sensitive cross-linking component and increasing the amount of the photopolymerization initiator are taken, resulting in strong yellowing in the thermal process. phenomena can be seen. Therefore, by including an antioxidant, it is possible to prevent yellowing due to oxidation during the heating process and to obtain a high transmittance of the coating film.
 酸化防止剤は、例えば、ヒンダードフェノール系、ヒンダードアミン系、リン系、イオウ系、及びヒドロキシルアミン系の化合物が挙げられる。なお、本明細書で酸化防止剤は、ハロゲン原子を含有しない化合物が好ましい。 Antioxidants include, for example, hindered phenol-based, hindered amine-based, phosphorus-based, sulfur-based, and hydroxylamine-based compounds. In this specification, the antioxidant is preferably a compound containing no halogen atom.
 ここれらの中でも、塗膜の透過率と感度の両立の観点から、ヒンダードフェノール系酸化防止剤、ヒンダードアミン系酸化防止剤、リン系酸化防止剤、イオウ系酸化防止剤が好ましい。 Among these, hindered phenol-based antioxidants, hindered amine-based antioxidants, phosphorus-based antioxidants, and sulfur-based antioxidants are preferable from the viewpoint of achieving both transmittance and sensitivity of the coating film.
 酸化防止剤は、単独または2種類以上を併用して使用できる。 The antioxidants can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 また酸化防止剤の含有量は、着色組成物の固形分100質量%中、0.5~5.0質量%の場合、透過率、分光特性、及び感度が良好であるためより好ましい。 The content of the antioxidant is more preferably 0.5 to 5.0% by mass based on 100% by mass of the solid content of the coloring composition, because the transmittance, spectral characteristics, and sensitivity are good.
<レベリング剤>
 本発明の着色組成物には、透明基板上での組成物の塗布性、着色被膜の乾燥性を良好することを目的として、レベリング剤を添加することが好ましい。レベリング剤としては、シリコーン系界面活性剤、フッ素系界面活性剤、ノニオン性界面活性剤、カチオン性界面活性剤、アニオン性界面活性剤などの各種界面活性剤を使用できる。
<Leveling agent>
A leveling agent is preferably added to the colored composition of the present invention for the purpose of improving the coating properties of the composition on a transparent substrate and the drying properties of the colored film. Various surfactants such as silicone surfactants, fluorine surfactants, nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants and anionic surfactants can be used as the leveling agent.
 本発明の着色組成物に界面活性剤を含有する場合、界面活性剤の添加量は、本発明の着色組成物の全固形分に対して、0.001~2.0質量%が好ましく、より好ましくは0.005~1.0質量%である。この範囲内であることで、着色組成物の塗布性とパターン密着性、透過率のバランスが良好となる。本発明の着色組成物は、界面活性剤を、1種類のみを含んでいてもよいし、2種類以上含んでいてもよい。2種類以上含む場合は、その合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 When the coloring composition of the present invention contains a surfactant, the amount of the surfactant added is preferably 0.001 to 2.0% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the coloring composition of the present invention, and more It is preferably 0.005 to 1.0% by mass. Within this range, the coating properties of the coloring composition, the pattern adhesion, and the transmittance are well balanced. The coloring composition of the present invention may contain only one type of surfactant, or may contain two or more types of surfactants. When two or more types are included, the total amount is preferably within the above range.
<貯蔵安定剤>
 本発明の着色組成物には、組成物の経時粘度を安定化させるために貯蔵安定剤を含有させることができる。貯蔵安定剤としては、例えば、ベンジルトリメチルクロライド、ジエチルヒドロキシアミンなどの4級アンモニウムクロライド、乳酸、シュウ酸などの有機酸およびそのメチルエーテル、t-ブチルピロカテコール、テトラエチルホスフィン、テトラフェニルフォスフィンなどの有機ホスフィン、亜リン酸塩等が挙げられる。貯蔵安定剤は、着色剤の全量を基準(100質量%)として、0.1~10質量%の量で用いることができる。
<Storage stabilizer>
The coloring composition of the present invention may contain a storage stabilizer in order to stabilize the viscosity of the composition over time. Storage stabilizers include, for example, benzyltrimethyl chloride, quaternary ammonium chloride such as diethylhydroxyamine, organic acids such as lactic acid and oxalic acid and their methyl ethers, t-butylpyrocatechol, tetraethylphosphine, tetraphenylphosphine and the like. organic phosphines, phosphites, and the like. The storage stabilizer can be used in an amount of 0.1 to 10% by mass based on the total amount of the coloring agent (100% by mass).
<密着向上剤>
 本発明の着色組成物には、基材との密着性を高めるためにシランカップリング剤等の密着向上剤を含有させることができる。密着向上剤による密着性が向上することにより、細線の再現性が良好となり解像度が向上する。
<Adhesion improver>
The coloring composition of the present invention may contain an adhesion improver such as a silane coupling agent in order to improve adhesion to the substrate. By improving the adhesion with the adhesion improving agent, the reproducibility of fine lines is improved and the resolution is improved.
 密着向上剤としては、ビニルトリメトキシシラン、ビニルトリエトキシシラン等のビニルシラン類、3-メタクリロキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、3-メタクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-メタクリロキシプロピルメチルジエトキシシラン、3-メタクリロキシプロピルトリエトキシシラン、3-アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン等の(メタ)アクリルシラン類、2-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)エチルトリメトキシシラン、3-グリシドキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、3-グリシドキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-グリシドキシプロピルメチルジエトキシシラン、3-グリシドキシプロピルトリエトキシシラン等のエポキシシラン類、N-2-(アミノエチル)-3-アミノプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、N-2-(アミノエチル)-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、3-トリエトキシシリル-N-(1,3-ジメチル-ブチリデン)プロピルアミン、N-フェニル-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、N-(ビニルベンジル)-2-アミノエチル-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシランの塩酸塩等のアミノシラン類、3-メルカプトプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、3-メルカプトプロピルトリメトキシシラン等のメルカプト類、p-スチリルトリメトキシシラン等のスチリル類、3-ウレイドプロピルトリエトキシシラン等のウレイド類、ビス(トリエトキシシリルプロピル)テトラスルフィド等のスルフィド類、3-イソシアネートプロピルトリエトキシシラン等のイソシアネート類などのシランカップリング剤が挙げられる。密着向上剤は、着色組成物中の着色剤100質量部に対し、0.01~10質量部、好ましくは0.05~5質量部の量で用いることができる。この範囲内で効果が大きくなり、密着性、解像性、感度のバランスが良好であるためより好ましい。 Examples of adhesion improvers include vinylsilanes such as vinyltrimethoxysilane and vinyltriethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3- (Meth)acrylsilanes such as methacryloxypropyltriethoxysilane and 3-acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3 -epoxysilanes such as glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyltriethoxysilane, N-2-(aminoethyl)-3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane Silane, N-2-(aminoethyl)-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-triethoxysilyl-N-(1,3-dimethyl- butylidene)propylamine, N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, aminosilanes such as N-(vinylbenzyl)-2-aminoethyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane hydrochloride, 3-mercaptopropylmethyldimethoxy Mercaptos such as silane, 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane, styryls such as p-styryltrimethoxysilane, ureides such as 3-ureidopropyltriethoxysilane, sulfides such as bis(triethoxysilylpropyl)tetrasulfide and silane coupling agents such as isocyanates such as , 3-isocyanatopropyltriethoxysilane. The adhesion improver can be used in an amount of 0.01 to 10 parts by weight, preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by weight, per 100 parts by weight of the colorant in the coloring composition. Within this range, the effect is enhanced and the balance between adhesion, resolution and sensitivity is good, which is more preferable.
<着色組成物の製造方法>
 本発明の着色組成物は、着色剤を、分散剤、バインダ樹脂などの着色剤担体及び/又は溶剤中に、好ましくは分散助剤(色素誘導体や界面活性剤)と一緒に、ニーダー、2本ロールミル、3本ロールミル、ボールミル、横型サンドミル、縦型サンドミル、アニュラー型ビーズミル、又はアトライター等の各種分散手段を用いて微細に分散して製造することができる(着色剤分散体)。このとき、2種以上の着色剤等を同時に着色剤担体に分散しても良いし、別々に着色剤担体に分散したものを混合しても良い。染料等、着色剤の溶解性が高い場合、具体的には使用する溶剤への溶解性が高く、攪拌により溶解、異物が確認されない状態であれば、上記のような微細に分散して製造する必要はない。
<Method for producing colored composition>
The coloring composition of the present invention contains a coloring agent, a dispersing agent, a coloring agent carrier such as a binder resin, and/or a solvent, preferably together with a dispersing aid (pigment derivative or surfactant), kneader, two kneaders. It can be produced by finely dispersing using various dispersing means such as a roll mill, three-roll mill, ball mill, horizontal sand mill, vertical sand mill, annular bead mill, or attritor (colorant dispersion). At this time, two or more kinds of colorants and the like may be simultaneously dispersed in the colorant carrier, or separately dispersed in the colorant carrier may be mixed. If the colorant such as dye has high solubility, specifically, if it has high solubility in the solvent to be used, and if it is dissolved by stirring and no foreign matter is confirmed, it is manufactured by finely dispersing as described above. No need.
 また、感光性着色組成物(レジスト材)として用いる場合には、溶剤現像型あるいはアルカリ現像型着色組成物として調製することができる。溶剤現像型あるいはアルカリ現像型着色組成物は、前記着色剤分散体と、光重合性単量体および/または光重合性開始剤と、必要に応じて、溶剤、その他の分散助剤、及び添加剤等を混合して調整することができる。光重合性開始剤は、着色組成物を調製する段階で加えてもよく、調製した着色組成物に後から加えてもよい。 Also, when used as a photosensitive coloring composition (resist material), it can be prepared as a solvent-developing or alkali-developing coloring composition. The solvent-developable or alkali-developable colored composition comprises the above-mentioned colorant dispersion, a photopolymerizable monomer and/or a photopolymerizable initiator, and optionally a solvent, other dispersing aids, and additives. It can be adjusted by mixing agents and the like. The photopolymerization initiator may be added at the stage of preparing the coloring composition, or may be added later to the prepared coloring composition.
<粗大粒子の除去>
 本発明の着色組成物は、重力加速度3000~25000Gの遠心分離、焼結フィルタやメンブレンフィルタによる濾過等の手段にて、5μm以上の粗大粒子、好ましくは1μm以上の粗大粒子、さらに好ましくは0.5μm以上の粗大粒子及び混入した塵の除去を行うことが好ましい。このように着色組成物は、実質的に0.5μm以上の粒子を含まないことが好ましい。より好ましくは0.3μm以下であることが好ましい。
<Removal of coarse particles>
The colored composition of the present invention is separated from coarse particles of 5 μm or more, preferably 1 μm or more, more preferably 0.1 μm or more, by means of centrifugation at a gravitational acceleration of 3000 to 25000 G, filtration with a sintered filter or a membrane filter, or the like. It is preferable to remove coarse particles of 5 μm or more and mixed dust. Thus, the coloring composition preferably does not substantially contain particles of 0.5 μm or larger. More preferably, it is 0.3 μm or less.
<着色組成物中の水分量>
 本発明の着色組成物は、水の含有量が着色組成物全量に対して0.1~2.0質量%以下であることが好ましい。水の含有量が上記範囲内であると、着色組成物を経時保存した後でも分散安定性・感度に優れる。水の含有量は、着色組成物全量に対して0.1~1.8質量%以下がより好ましく、0.1~1.6質量%以下がさらに好ましい。この範囲の十分少ない水の含有量であれば、経時保存後でも分散安定性・感度に問題が起こりにくい。
<Water content in the coloring composition>
The coloring composition of the present invention preferably has a water content of 0.1 to 2.0% by mass or less relative to the total amount of the coloring composition. When the water content is within the above range, the coloring composition is excellent in dispersion stability and sensitivity even after being stored for a long time. The water content is more preferably 0.1 to 1.8% by mass or less, more preferably 0.1 to 1.6% by mass or less, relative to the total amount of the coloring composition. If the content of water is sufficiently small within this range, problems with dispersion stability and sensitivity are less likely to occur even after long-term storage.
 水の含有量を制御する方法は、特に制限がなく、公知の方法を用いることができる。例えば、乾燥した不活性ガスを吹き込みながら、着色組成物を製造する方法や、製造後、モレキュラーシーブスを投入し脱水する方法等が挙げられる。その中でも、乾燥した不活性ガスを吹き込みながら、製造する方法が好ましい。 There are no particular restrictions on the method of controlling the water content, and known methods can be used. Examples thereof include a method of producing a colored composition while blowing in a dry inert gas, and a method of adding molecular sieves and dehydrating after production. Among them, the method of manufacturing while blowing dry inert gas is preferable.
 水の含有量は、カールフィッシャー法などの公知の方法により測定することができる。 The water content can be measured by a known method such as the Karl Fischer method.
<着色組成物中の特定金属原子>
 本発明の着色組成物は、着色剤の構成成分以外に少量のLi、Na、K、Cs、Mg、Ca、Fe、Cr、およびZr(以下、特定金属原子ともいう)を含む金属成分が存在する場合がある。これら特定金属原子を含む金属成分が多く存在すると、保存安定性が阻害される場合、耐熱性が低下する場合、前述の感光性着色組成物中の形態で調製した際の感度低下を引き起こす場合がある。
 また、このような特定金属原子を含む金属成分が多く存在する着色組成物を用いて作成したカラーフィルタは、異物が発生する場合があり、結果として透過率低下を引き起こしやすい。本発明の着色組成物に含まれる該金属成分中の特定金属原子の合計含有量は、着色組成物全体に対し、1~1000質量ppmであることが好ましい。
<Specific metal atom in the coloring composition>
The coloring composition of the present invention contains metal components containing a small amount of Li, Na, K, Cs, Mg, Ca, Fe, Cr, and Zr (hereinafter also referred to as specific metal atoms) in addition to the constituent components of the colorant. sometimes. If there are many metal components containing these specific metal atoms, storage stability may be inhibited, heat resistance may be lowered, and sensitivity may be lowered when prepared in the form of the above-mentioned photosensitive coloring composition. be.
In addition, a color filter prepared using a colored composition containing a large amount of metal components containing such specific metal atoms may generate foreign matter, and as a result, tends to cause a decrease in transmittance. The total content of specific metal atoms in the metal component contained in the coloring composition of the present invention is preferably 1 to 1000 mass ppm with respect to the entire coloring composition.
 本発明の着色組成物に含まれる特定金属原子の合計量は、着色組成物全体に対し、300質量ppm以下がより好ましく、200質量ppm以下が特に好ましい。また、特定金属原子の合計量の下限は、特に限定されないが、着色組成物全体に対し、1質量ppm以上が好ましく、5質量ppm以上がより好ましい。上記範囲内であれば、コストも抑制でき、保存安定性に優れ、かつ異物の発生、透過率低下が少ないカラーフィルタを形成できる着色組成物を得ることができる。 The total amount of specific metal atoms contained in the coloring composition of the present invention is more preferably 300 mass ppm or less, particularly preferably 200 mass ppm or less, relative to the entire coloring composition. The lower limit of the total amount of specific metal atoms is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 ppm by mass or more, more preferably 5 ppm by mass or more, relative to the entire coloring composition. If it is within the above range, it is possible to obtain a colored composition capable of suppressing costs, excellent in storage stability, and capable of forming a color filter with little generation of foreign matter and reduction in transmittance.
 本発明の着色組成物に含まれる各特定金属原子の含有量は、着色組成物全体に対し、各々100質量ppm以下であることが好ましく、各々50質量ppm以下であることがより好ましい。 The content of each specific metal atom contained in the coloring composition of the present invention is preferably 100 ppm by mass or less, more preferably 50 ppm by mass or less, relative to the entire coloring composition.
 また、着色剤構造の一部にNi、Zn、Cu、Al、Fe、Pt、およびCo等の金属原子が含まれる場合には、着色剤構造の一部を構成していないこれら金属原子が存在する場合がある。このような金属原子も少ない方がよく、以下の方法で特定金属原子と同様に取り除くことが出来る。さらに、Mn、Cs、Ti、Si、Pd等、着色組成物の各種原料の製造工程で用いる材料(たとえば触媒)等により混入してしまうものも、低濃度であることが好ましい。 In addition, when metal atoms such as Ni, Zn, Cu, Al, Fe, Pt, and Co are included in part of the colorant structure, these metal atoms not forming part of the colorant structure are present. sometimes. The smaller the number of such metal atoms, the better, and they can be removed in the same manner as the specific metal atoms by the following method. Furthermore, it is preferable that the concentration of Mn, Cs, Ti, Si, Pd, and the like mixed in with materials (for example, catalysts) used in the manufacturing process of various raw materials of the coloring composition is low.
 着色組成物に含まれる各種原料あるいは製造過程において装置から混入した金属原子を除去する方法としては、特開2010-83997号公報、特開2018-36521号公報、特開平7-198928号公報、特開平8-333521号公報、特開2009-7432号公報等による水洗による方法、特開2011-48736号公報に記載のマグネットによる磁性異物の除去等の方法が挙げられ、単独または複数の方法を適宜使用する。 Various raw materials contained in the coloring composition or methods for removing metal atoms mixed from the apparatus during the manufacturing process include JP 2010-83997, JP 2018-36521, JP 7-198928, JP JP-A-8-333521, JP-A-2009-7432, a method of washing with water, etc., and the method of removing magnetic foreign matter with a magnet described in JP-A-2011-48736, etc., and a single method or a plurality of methods can be used as appropriate. use.
 特定金属原子の含有量は、誘導結合プラズマ発光分光分析(ICP)によって、測定できる。 The content of specific metal atoms can be measured by inductively coupled plasma emission spectroscopy (ICP).
<着色組成物中のトルエン量>
 本発明の着色組成物は、トルエンを含んでいても良く、含む場合はトルエンの含有量が0.1~10質量ppmであることが好ましい。トルエンの含有量の上限は、9質量ppm以下であることが好ましく、8質量ppm以下であることがより好ましく、7質量ppm以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は、0.2質量ppm以上であることが好ましく、0.3質量ppm以上であることがより好ましく、0.4質量ppm以上であることが更に好ましい。
<Amount of toluene in the coloring composition>
The coloring composition of the present invention may contain toluene, and when it contains toluene, the toluene content is preferably 0.1 to 10 mass ppm. The upper limit of the toluene content is preferably 9 mass ppm or less, more preferably 8 mass ppm or less, and even more preferably 7 mass ppm or less. The lower limit is preferably 0.2 ppm by mass or more, more preferably 0.3 ppm by mass or more, and even more preferably 0.4 ppm by mass or more.
(カラーフィルタ)
 次に、本発明のカラーフィルタについて説明する。本発明のカラーフィルタは、赤色フィルタセグメント、緑色フィルタセグメント、及び青色フィルタセグメントを具備する。また、カラーフィルタは、さらにマゼンタ色フィルタセグメント、シアン色フィルタセグメント、及び黄色フィルタセグメントを具備するものであってもよい。
(color filter)
Next, the color filter of the present invention will be explained. The color filter of the present invention comprises a red filter segment, a green filter segment and a blue filter segment. Also, the color filter may further comprise a magenta color filter segment, a cyan color filter segment, and a yellow color filter segment.
<カラーフィルタの製造方法>
 カラーフィルタは、印刷法又はフォトリソグラフィー法により、製造することができる。印刷法によるフィルタセグメントの形成は、印刷インキとして調製した着色組成物の印刷と乾燥を繰り返すだけでパターン化ができるため、カラーフィルタの製造法としては、低コストで量産性に優れている。さらに、印刷技術の発展により高い寸法精度及び平滑度を有する微細パターンの印刷を行うことができる。印刷を行うためには、印刷の版上にて、あるいはブランケット上にてインキが乾燥、固化しないような組成とすることが好ましい。また、印刷機上でのインキの流動性の制御も重要であり、分散剤や体質顔料によるインキ粘度の調整を行うこともできる。
<Manufacturing method of color filter>
A color filter can be manufactured by a printing method or a photolithography method. Formation of filter segments by a printing method can be patterned simply by repeating printing and drying of a coloring composition prepared as a printing ink, and therefore, as a method for producing color filters, it is low cost and excellent in mass productivity. Furthermore, the development of printing technology has made it possible to print fine patterns with high dimensional accuracy and smoothness. For printing, it is preferable to have a composition that does not allow the ink to dry or solidify on the printing plate or blanket. In addition, it is also important to control the fluidity of the ink on the printing press, and it is also possible to adjust the viscosity of the ink using a dispersant or an extender.
 フォトリソグラフィー法によりフィルタセグメントを形成する場合は、上記溶剤現像型あるいはアルカリ現像型着色レジスト材として調製した着色組成物を、透明基板上に、スプレーコートやスピンコート、スリットコート、ロールコート等の塗布方法により、乾燥膜厚が0.2~5μmとなるように塗布する。必要により乾燥された膜には、この膜と接触あるいは非接触状態で設けられた所定のパターンを有するマスクを通して露光(放射線の照射)を行う。その後、溶剤又はアルカリ現像液に浸漬するかもしくはスプレーなどにより現像液を噴霧して未硬化部を除去して所望のパターンを形成したのち、同様の操作を他色について繰り返してカラーフィルタを製造することができる。さらに、着色レジスト材の重合を促進するため、必要に応じて加熱を施すこともできる。フォトリソグラフィー法によれば、上記印刷法より精度の高いカラーフィルタが製造できる。 When the filter segment is formed by photolithography, the colored composition prepared as the solvent-developable or alkali-developable colored resist material is applied onto the transparent substrate by spray coating, spin coating, slit coating, roll coating, or the like. Depending on the method, the coating is applied so that the dry film thickness is 0.2 to 5 μm. If necessary, the dried film is exposed (irradiated with radiation) through a mask having a predetermined pattern provided in contact or non-contact with the film. After that, the film is immersed in a solvent or alkaline developer or sprayed with a developer to remove the uncured portion to form a desired pattern, and then the same operation is repeated for other colors to produce a color filter. be able to. Furthermore, in order to promote polymerization of the colored resist material, heating may be applied as necessary. According to the photolithographic method, it is possible to manufacture a color filter with higher accuracy than the printing method.
 現像に際しては、アルカリ現像液として炭酸ナトリウム、水酸化ナトリウム等の水溶液が使用され、ジメチルベンジルアミン、トリエタノールアミン等の有機アルカリを用いることもできる。また、現像液には、消泡剤や界面活性剤を添加することもできる。
なお、露光感度を上げるために、上記着色レジストを塗布乾燥後、水溶性あるいはアルカリ水溶性樹脂、例えばポリビニルアルコールや水溶性アクリル樹脂等を塗布乾燥し酸素による重合阻害を防止する膜を形成した後、露光を行うこともできる。
At the time of development, an aqueous solution such as sodium carbonate or sodium hydroxide is used as an alkaline developer, and an organic alkali such as dimethylbenzylamine or triethanolamine can also be used. Moreover, an antifoaming agent or a surfactant can be added to the developer.
In order to increase the exposure sensitivity, after coating and drying the colored resist, a water-soluble or alkaline water-soluble resin such as polyvinyl alcohol or water-soluble acrylic resin is coated and dried to form a film that prevents polymerization inhibition by oxygen. , exposure can also be performed.
 本発明のカラーフィルタは、上記方法の他に電着法、転写法、インクジェット法などにより製造することができるが、本発明の着色組成物はいずれの方法にも用いることができる。なお、電着法は、基板上に形成した透明導電膜を利用して、コロイド粒子の電気泳動により各色フィルタセグメントを透明導電膜の上に電着形成することでカラーフィルタを製造する方法である。また、転写法は剥離性の転写ベースシートの表面に、あらかじめフィルタセグメントを形成しておき、このフィルタセグメントを所望の基板に転写させる方法である。 The color filter of the present invention can be produced by an electrodeposition method, a transfer method, an inkjet method, etc. in addition to the above methods, and the colored composition of the present invention can be used in any method. The electrodeposition method is a method of manufacturing a color filter by using a transparent conductive film formed on a substrate to electrodeposit each color filter segment on the transparent conductive film by electrophoresis of colloidal particles. . The transfer method is a method in which filter segments are formed in advance on the surface of a removable transfer base sheet, and the filter segments are transferred to a desired substrate.
 透明基板あるいは反射基板上に各色フィルタセグメントを形成する前に、あらかじめブラックマトリクスを形成することができる。ブラックマトリクスとしては、クロムやクロム/酸化クロムの多層膜、窒化チタニウムなどの無機膜や、遮光剤を分散した樹脂膜が用いられるが、これらに限定されない。また、上記の透明基板あるいは反射基板上に薄膜トランジスター(TFT)をあらかじめ形成しておき、その後に各色フィルタセグメントを形成することもできる。また本発明のカラーフィルタ上には、必要に応じてオーバーコート膜や透明導電膜などが形成される。 A black matrix can be formed in advance before forming each color filter segment on the transparent substrate or the reflective substrate. As the black matrix, a multilayer film of chromium or chromium/chromium oxide, an inorganic film such as titanium nitride, or a resin film in which a light shielding agent is dispersed can be used, but is not limited to these. Alternatively, thin film transistors (TFTs) may be formed in advance on the transparent substrate or reflective substrate, and then each color filter segment may be formed. An overcoat film, a transparent conductive film, and the like are formed on the color filter of the present invention, if necessary.
 本発明のカラーフィルタは、カラー液晶表示装置、カラー固体撮像素子、有機EL表示装置、量子ドット表示装置、及び電子ペーパー等の製造に使用することもできる。 The color filter of the present invention can also be used for manufacturing color liquid crystal display devices, color solid-state imaging devices, organic EL display devices, quantum dot display devices, electronic paper, and the like.
(センサ)
 本発明のセンサは、本発明のカラーフィルタセグメントを備える。本発明のセンサの構成としては、本発明のカラーフィルタセグメントが備えられた構成であり、センサとして機能する構成であれば特に限定はないが、例えば、以下のような構成が挙げられる。
 基板上に、固体撮像素子(CCD センサ、CMOSセンサ、有機CMOSセンサ等)の受光エリアを構成する複数のフォトダイオード及びポリシリコン等からなる転送電極を有し、前記フォトダイオード及び前記転送電極上にフォトダイオードの受光部のみ開口したタングステン等からなる遮光膜を有し、遮光膜上に遮光膜全面及びフォトダイオード受光 部を覆うように形成された窒化シリコン等からなるデバイス保護膜を有し、前記デバイス保護膜上に、本発明のカラーフィルタを有する構成である。更に、前記デバイス保護膜上であってカラーフィルタの下(基板に近い側)に集光手段(例えば、マイクロレンズ等。以下同じ)を有する構成や、カラーフィルタ上に集光手段を有する構成等であってもよい。なお、有機CMOSセンサは、光電変換層として薄膜のパンクロ感光性有機光電変換膜とCMOS信号読み出し基板を含んで構成され、光を捕捉しそれを電気信号に変換する役割を有機材料が担い、電気信号を外部に取り出す役割を無機材料が担う2層構成のハイブリッド構造であり、原理的には入射光に対して開口率を 100%にすることができる。有機光電変換膜は構造フリーの連続膜でCMOS信号読みだし基板上に敷設できるので、高価な微細加工プロセスを必要とせず、 フィルタセグメント微細化に適している。
カラーフィルタの配置は特に制限はなく、公知の方法を用いることができる。
(sensor)
The sensor of the invention comprises the color filter segment of the invention. The configuration of the sensor of the present invention is a configuration provided with the color filter segment of the present invention, and is not particularly limited as long as it functions as a sensor. Examples of the configuration include the following.
A plurality of photodiodes constituting a light receiving area of a solid-state imaging device (CCD sensor, CMOS sensor, organic CMOS sensor, etc.) and transfer electrodes made of polysilicon or the like are provided on a substrate, and on the photodiodes and the transfer electrodes, A light shielding film made of tungsten or the like with an opening only in the light receiving portion of the photodiode, and a device protective film made of silicon nitride or the like formed on the light shielding film so as to cover the entire surface of the light shielding film and the light receiving portion of the photodiode, It is a configuration having the color filter of the present invention on the device protective film. Furthermore, a configuration having a condensing means (for example, a microlens or the like; the same shall apply hereinafter) above the device protective film and below the color filter (on the side close to the substrate), or a configuration having a condensing means above the color filter, etc. may be The organic CMOS sensor includes a thin panchromatic photosensitive organic photoelectric conversion film as a photoelectric conversion layer and a CMOS signal readout substrate. It is a two-layered hybrid structure in which inorganic materials play the role of extracting signals to the outside, and in principle, it is possible to achieve an aperture ratio of 100% for incident light. Since the organic photoelectric conversion film is a structure-free continuous film and can be laid on a CMOS signal readout substrate, it does not require an expensive microfabrication process and is suitable for miniaturization of filter segments.
Arrangement of the color filters is not particularly limited, and a known method can be used.
 以下に、本発明を実施例に基づいて説明するが、本発明はこれによって限定されるものではない。実施例および比較例中、「部」とは「質量部」を意味する。 The present invention will be described below based on examples, but the present invention is not limited by these. In the examples and comparative examples, "parts" means "mass parts".
(樹脂型分散剤およびバインダ樹脂の酸価)
 樹脂型分散剤およびバインダ樹脂の酸価は、0.1Nの水酸化カリウム・エタノール溶液を用い、電位差滴定法によって求めた。樹脂型分散剤およびバインダ樹脂の酸価は、不揮発分の酸価を示す。
(バインダ樹脂、樹脂型分散剤の重量平均分子量(Mw))
 樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、TSKgelカラム(東ソー社製)を用い、RI検出器を装備したGPC(東ソー社製、HLC-8120GPC)で、展開溶媒にTHFを用いて測定したポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量(Mw)である。
(Acid value of resin type dispersant and binder resin)
The acid value of the resin-type dispersant and the binder resin was obtained by potentiometric titration using a 0.1N potassium hydroxide/ethanol solution. The acid value of the resin-type dispersant and binder resin indicates the acid value of the non-volatile matter.
(Binder resin, weight average molecular weight (Mw) of resin type dispersant)
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin is measured using a TSKgel column (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) and equipped with an RI detector (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, HLC-8120GPC) using THF as a developing solvent. Weight average molecular weight (Mw).
(化合物の同定方法)
 本発明に用いた化合物の同定には、MALDI TOF-MSスペクトルを用いた。MALDI TOF-MSスペクトルは、ブルカー・ダルトニクス社製MALDI質量分析装置autoflexIIIを用い、得られたネガティブモードにおけるマススペクトラムの分子イオンピークと、計算によって得られる質量数との一致をもって、得られた化合物を同定した。
(Compound identification method)
MALDI TOF-MS spectra were used to identify the compounds used in the present invention. The MALDI TOF-MS spectrum was obtained using a MALDI mass spectrometer autoflex III manufactured by Bruker Daltonics, and the obtained compound was identified by matching the molecular ion peak of the mass spectrum obtained in the negative mode with the mass number obtained by calculation. identified.
(着色組成物の水分量の測定方法)
 カールフィッシャー滴定装置(三菱化学社製の容量滴定式水分測定装置KF-06型)を用いて水分量(mg)を測定し、下記式により水分量(%)を算出した。
水分量(%)=〔水分量(mg)/測定サンプル量(mg)〕×100
(Method for measuring water content of coloring composition)
The water content (mg) was measured using a Karl Fischer titrator (Mitsubishi Chemical Co., Ltd. KF-06 volumetric titration type water measuring device), and the water content (%) was calculated according to the following formula.
Moisture content (%) = [moisture content (mg) / measurement sample amount (mg)] × 100
(着色組成物の特定金属原子の測定方法)
 着色組成物の特定金属原子の量は、着色組成物を180℃で乾燥させた粉末を、マイク波にて分解した後、アジレントテクノロジー製ICP発光分析装置Varian720-ESにより測定した。
(Method for measuring specific metal atom in colored composition)
The amount of the specific metal atom in the coloring composition was measured with an ICP emission spectrometer Varian 720-ES manufactured by Agilent Technologies after decomposing the powder obtained by drying the coloring composition at 180° C. with microwaves.
 続いて、実施例及び比較例で用いたバインダ樹脂溶液、樹脂型分散剤溶液、色素誘導体の製造について説明する。 Next, the production of the binder resin solution, resin-type dispersant solution, and dye derivative used in Examples and Comparative Examples will be described.
<バインダ樹脂溶液の製造>
(バインダ樹脂溶液1の調製)
 温度計、冷却管、窒素ガス導入管、滴下管及び撹拌装置を備えたセパラブル4口フラスコにシクロヘキサノン370部を仕込み、80℃に昇温し、フラスコ内を窒素置換した後、滴下管より、ジシクロペンタニルメタクリレート18部、ベンジルメタクリレート10部、グリシジルメタクリレート18.2部、メタクリル酸メチル25部、及び2,2'-アゾビスイソブチロニトリル2.0部の混合物を2時間かけて滴下した。滴下後、更に100℃で3時間反応させた後、アゾビスイソブチロニトリル1.0部をシクロヘキサノン50部で溶解させたものを添加し、更に100℃で1時間反応を続けた。次に、容器内を空気置換に替え、アクリル酸9.3部(グリシジル基の100%)にトリスジメチルアミノフェノール0.5部及びハイドロキノン0.1部を上記容器内に投入し、120℃で6時間反応を続け固形分酸価0.5となったところで反応を終了し、アクリル樹脂の溶液を得た。更に、引き続きテトラヒドロ無水フタル酸19.5部(生成した水酸基の100%)、トリエチルアミン0.5部を加え120℃で3.5時間反応させアクリル樹脂の溶液を得た。
室温まで冷却した後、樹脂溶液約2gをサンプリングして180℃、20分加熱乾燥して不揮発分を測定し、先に合成した樹脂溶液に不揮発分が20質量%になるようにプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートを添加してバインダ樹脂溶液1を調製した。重量平均分子量(Mw)は19000であった。
<Production of binder resin solution>
(Preparation of binder resin solution 1)
A separable 4-necked flask equipped with a thermometer, a cooling tube, a nitrogen gas inlet tube, a dropping tube and a stirring device was charged with 370 parts of cyclohexanone, heated to 80 ° C., and after replacing the inside of the flask with nitrogen, the distillate was added from the dropping tube. A mixture of 18 parts of cyclopentanyl methacrylate, 10 parts of benzyl methacrylate, 18.2 parts of glycidyl methacrylate, 25 parts of methyl methacrylate, and 2.0 parts of 2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile was added dropwise over 2 hours. . After the dropwise addition, the mixture was further reacted at 100°C for 3 hours, then a solution obtained by dissolving 1.0 part of azobisisobutyronitrile in 50 parts of cyclohexanone was added, and the reaction was further continued at 100°C for 1 hour. Next, the inside of the container was changed to air exchange, and 0.5 parts of trisdimethylaminophenol and 0.1 part of hydroquinone were added to 9.3 parts of acrylic acid (100% of glycidyl groups), and the mixture was heated at 120°C. The reaction was continued for 6 hours, and when the solid content acid value reached 0.5, the reaction was terminated to obtain a solution of an acrylic resin. Further, 19.5 parts of tetrahydrophthalic anhydride (100% of the generated hydroxyl groups) and 0.5 parts of triethylamine were added and reacted at 120° C. for 3.5 hours to obtain an acrylic resin solution.
After cooling to room temperature, about 2 g of the resin solution was sampled and dried by heating at 180 ° C. for 20 minutes to measure the nonvolatile content. A binder resin solution 1 was prepared by adding acetate. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 19,000.
<樹脂型分散剤溶液の製造>
(樹脂型分散剤溶液1の調製)
 ガス導入管、温度、コンデンサー、攪拌機を備えた反応容器に、メタクリル酸10部、メチルメタクリレート20部、2-メトキシエチルメタクリレート90部、tert-ブチルメタクリレート40部、n-ブチルアクリレート20部、tert-ブチルアクリレート20部、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート50部を仕込み、窒素ガスで置換した。
反応容器内を50℃に加熱撹拌し、3-メルカプト-1,2-プロパンジオール12部を添加した。90℃に昇温し、2,2’-アゾビスイソブチロニトリル0.1部をプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート90部に加えた溶液を添加しながら7時間反応した。固形分測定により95%が反応したことを確認した。
ピロメリット酸無水物19部、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート100部、触媒として1,8-ジアザビシクロ-[5.4.0]-7-ウンデセン0.4部を追加し、100℃で7時間反応させた。酸価の測定で98%以上の酸無水物がハーフエステル化していることを確認し反応を終了し、固形分測定で固形分40%となるようプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートを加えて希釈し、酸価70mgKOH/g、重量平均分子量8600の酸性官能基を有する樹脂型分散剤溶液1を得た。
<Production of resin type dispersant solution>
(Preparation of resin type dispersant solution 1)
10 parts of methacrylic acid, 20 parts of methyl methacrylate, 90 parts of 2-methoxyethyl methacrylate, 40 parts of tert-butyl methacrylate, 20 parts of n-butyl acrylate, tert- 20 parts of butyl acrylate and 50 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate were charged, and the atmosphere was purged with nitrogen gas.
The inside of the reaction vessel was heated to 50° C. with stirring, and 12 parts of 3-mercapto-1,2-propanediol was added. The temperature was raised to 90° C., and the mixture was reacted for 7 hours while adding a solution obtained by adding 0.1 part of 2,2′-azobisisobutyronitrile to 90 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate. Solid content measurement confirmed that 95% had reacted.
19 parts of pyromellitic anhydride, 100 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, and 0.4 parts of 1,8-diazabicyclo-[5.4.0]-7-undecene as a catalyst are added and reacted at 100° C. for 7 hours. Ta. After confirming that 98% or more of the acid anhydride is half-esterified by measuring the acid value, the reaction is terminated. A resin-type dispersant solution 1 having an acidic functional group with a molecular weight of 70 mgKOH/g and a weight average molecular weight of 8,600 was obtained.
<色素誘導体の製造>
(色素誘導体Aの製造)
 特許第5748665号の合成例3を参考にして、下記構造で表される色素誘導体Aを製造した。
<Production of dye derivative>
(Production of dye derivative A)
With reference to Synthesis Example 3 of Japanese Patent No. 5748665, a dye derivative A represented by the following structure was produced.
色素誘導体A
Dye derivative A
(色素誘導体Bの製造)
 特許第4983061号の製造例6を参考にして、下記構造で表される色素誘導体Bを製造した。
(Production of dye derivative B)
With reference to Production Example 6 of Japanese Patent No. 4983061, Dye Derivative B represented by the following structure was produced.
色素誘導体B
Dye derivative B
(色素誘導体Cの製造)
 特許第1863188号の製造例3を参考にして、下記構造で表される色素誘導体Cを製造した。
(Production of dye derivative C)
With reference to Production Example 3 of Japanese Patent No. 1863188, Dye Derivative C represented by the following structure was produced.
色素誘導体C
Dye derivative C
<ジケトピロロピロール顔料の製造>
[実施例1]
(ジケトピロロピロール顔料(1-1)の製造)
還流管を付けたステンレス製反応容器に、窒素雰囲気下、モレキュラシーブで脱水したtert-アミルアルコール200部、およびナトリウム-tert-アミルアルコキシド153.8部を加え、攪拌しながら100℃に加熱し、アルコラート溶液を調製した。一方で、ガラス製フラスコにモレキュラシーブで脱水したtert-アミルアルコール100部、コハク酸ジイソプロピル84.7部、ベンゾニトリル化合物(1)100部を加え、攪拌しながら90℃に加熱して溶解させ、これらの混合物の溶液を調製した。この混合物の加熱溶液を、100℃に加熱した上記アルコラート溶液中に、激しく攪拌しながら、2時間で均一滴下した。滴下終了後、90℃にて2時間、加熱攪拌を継続し、ジケトピロロピロール系化合物のアルカリ金属塩を得た。さらに、ガラス製ジャケット付き反応容器に、メタノール300部、水1200部、及び酢酸304部を加え、-10℃に冷却した。この冷却した混合物を、高速攪拌ディスパーサーを用いて、直径8cmのシェアディスクを4000rpmで回転させながら、この中に、75℃まで冷却した先に得られたジケトピロロピロール系化合物のアルカリ金属塩溶液を、少量ずつ添加した。この際、メタノール、酢酸、および水からなる混合物の温度が常に-5℃以下の温度を保つように、冷却しながら、かつ、75℃のジケトピロロピロール系化合物のアルカリ金属塩の添加する速度を調整しながら、およそ120分にわたって少量ずつ添加した。アルカリ金属塩添加後、赤色の結晶が析出し、赤色の懸濁液が生成した。続いて、得られた赤色の懸濁液を5℃にて濾過した後、メタノール500部、水2000部で洗浄し、赤色ペーストを得た。このペーストを0℃に冷却したメタノール1600部、水1600部にて再分散し、5℃にて3時間撹拌した。続いて、懸濁液を濾過した後、メタノール500部、水2000部で洗浄し、得られたジケトピロロピロール系化合物の水ペーストを、80℃にて24時間乾燥させ、粉砕することによりジケトピロロピロール顔料(1-1)を得た。TOF-MSによる質量分析の結果、得られたマススペクトラムの分子イオンピークと、計算によって得られる質量数との一致をもって、得られた化合物を同定した。
<Production of diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment>
[Example 1]
(Production of diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (1-1))
200 parts of tert-amyl alcohol dehydrated with molecular sieves and 153.8 parts of sodium-tert-amyl alkoxide are added to a stainless steel reaction vessel equipped with a reflux tube under a nitrogen atmosphere, and heated to 100° C. with stirring to form an alcoholate. A solution was prepared. On the other hand, 100 parts of tert-amyl alcohol dehydrated with molecular sieves, 84.7 parts of diisopropyl succinate, and 100 parts of benzonitrile compound (1) were added to a glass flask and heated to 90°C with stirring to dissolve. A solution of a mixture of A heated solution of this mixture was uniformly added dropwise to the above alcoholate solution heated to 100° C. over 2 hours with vigorous stirring. After the dropwise addition was completed, heating and stirring were continued at 90° C. for 2 hours to obtain an alkali metal salt of a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound. Further, 300 parts of methanol, 1200 parts of water, and 304 parts of acetic acid were added to a glass jacketed reaction vessel and cooled to -10°C. This cooled mixture was cooled to 75° C. while rotating a shear disk with a diameter of 8 cm at 4000 rpm using a high-speed stirring disperser. The solution was added in small portions. At this time, the rate of adding the alkali metal salt of the diketopyrrolopyrrole compound at 75 ° C. while cooling so that the temperature of the mixture consisting of methanol, acetic acid, and water is always kept at -5 ° C. or less. was added in portions over approximately 120 minutes, adjusting the . After addition of the alkali metal salt, red crystals precipitated to form a red suspension. Subsequently, the resulting red suspension was filtered at 5° C. and washed with 500 parts of methanol and 2000 parts of water to obtain a red paste. This paste was redispersed in 1,600 parts of methanol cooled to 0° C. and 1,600 parts of water, and stirred at 5° C. for 3 hours. Subsequently, after filtering the suspension, it is washed with 500 parts of methanol and 2000 parts of water, and the resulting aqueous paste of the diketopyrrolopyrrole compound is dried at 80° C. for 24 hours and pulverized to obtain a diketopyrrolopyrrole compound. A ketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (1-1) was obtained. As a result of mass spectrometry by TOF-MS, the obtained compound was identified by the agreement between the molecular ion peak of the mass spectrum obtained and the mass number obtained by calculation.
ベンゾニトリル化合物(1)
Benzonitrile compound (1)
[実施例2~40]
(ジケトピロロピロール顔料(1-2~40)の製造)
 ベンゾニトリル化合物(1)を、Zが表2記載の置換基である下記一般式(5)のベンゾニトリル化合物に変更し、コハク酸ジイソプロピルとナトリウム-tert-アミルアルコキシドを下記表2記載の量に変更した以外は実施例1と同様の方法により、ジケトピロロピロール顔料(1-2~40)を得た。
[Examples 2 to 40]
(Production of diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments (1-2 to 40))
The benzonitrile compound (1) was changed to a benzonitrile compound of the following general formula (5) in which Z 1 is a substituent listed in Table 2, and diisopropyl succinate and sodium -tert-amyl alkoxide were added in the amounts listed in Table 2 below. Diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments (1-2 to 40) were obtained in the same manner as in Example 1, except that the
一般式(5)
general formula (5)
[実施例41]
(微細化ジケトピロロピロール顔料(2-1)の製造)
ジケトピロロピロール顔料(1-1)100部、塩化ナトリウム1000部、およびジエチレングリコール120部の混合物を、ステンレス製1ガロンニーダー(井上製作所)を使用し、60℃で6時間混練した。次に、この混練物を5リットルの温水に投入し、70℃に加熱しながら1時間攪拌してスラリー状とした。ろ過した後、水6Lの水洗を3回繰り返して塩化ナトリウムおよびジエチレングリコールを除去後、乾燥、粉砕して95部の微細化ジケトピロロピロール顔料(2-1)を得た。
[Example 41]
(Production of micronized diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (2-1))
A mixture of 100 parts of diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (1-1), 1000 parts of sodium chloride and 120 parts of diethylene glycol was kneaded at 60° C. for 6 hours using a stainless steel 1-gallon kneader (Inoue Seisakusho). Next, this kneaded product was put into 5 liters of hot water and stirred for 1 hour while being heated to 70° C. to form a slurry. After filtration, washing with 6 L of water was repeated three times to remove sodium chloride and diethylene glycol, followed by drying and pulverization to obtain 95 parts of finely divided diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (2-1).
[実施例42~80]
(微細化ジケトピロロピロール顔料(2-2~40)の製造)
 ジケトピロロピロール顔料(1-1)を、(1-2~40)に変更した以外は実施例41と同様の方法により、微細化ジケトピロロピロール顔料(2-2~40)を得た。
[Examples 42 to 80]
(Production of finely divided diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments (2-2 to 40))
Fine diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments (2-2 to 40) were obtained in the same manner as in Example 41, except that the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (1-1) was changed to (1-2 to 40). .
<顔料組成物(P)の調整>
[実施例81]
(微細化顔料組成物(P-1)の調製)
 ジケトピロロピロール顔料(1-9)90部、色素誘導体A10部、塩化ナトリウム1000部、およびジエチレングリコール120部の混合物を、ステンレス製1ガロンニーダー(井上製作所)を使用し、60℃で6時間混練した。次に、この混練物を5リットルの温水に投入し、70℃に加熱しながら1時間攪拌してスラリー状とした。ろ過、水洗を繰り返して塩化ナトリウムおよびジエチレングリコールを除去後、乾燥、粉砕して95部の微細化顔料組成物(P-1)を得た。
<Adjustment of pigment composition (P)>
[Example 81]
(Preparation of finely divided pigment composition (P-1))
A mixture of 90 parts of diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (1-9), 10 parts of dye derivative A, 1000 parts of sodium chloride, and 120 parts of diethylene glycol is kneaded at 60° C. for 6 hours using a stainless steel 1-gallon kneader (Inoue Seisakusho). did. Next, this kneaded product was put into 5 liters of hot water and stirred for 1 hour while being heated to 70° C. to form a slurry. After removing sodium chloride and diethylene glycol by repeating filtration and washing with water, the residue was dried and pulverized to obtain 95 parts of a finely divided pigment composition (P-1).
[実施例82]
(微細化顔料組成物(P-2)の調製)
 色素誘導体Aを色素誘導体Bに変更した以外は実施例81と同様の方法により微細化顔料組成物(P-2)を得た。
[Example 82]
(Preparation of finely divided pigment composition (P-2))
A finely divided pigment composition (P-2) was obtained in the same manner as in Example 81, except that the dye derivative A was changed to the dye derivative B.
[実施例83]
(微細化顔料組成物(P-3)の調製)
 色素誘導体Aを色素誘導体Cに変更した以外は実施例81と同様の方法により微細化顔料組成物(P-3)を得た。
[Example 83]
(Preparation of finely divided pigment composition (P-3))
A finely divided pigment composition (P-3) was obtained in the same manner as in Example 81, except that dye derivative A was changed to dye derivative C.
<着色組成物の製造>
[実施例101]
(着色組成物(RP-1)の作製)
 下記の混合物を均一になるように攪拌混合した後、直径0.5mmのジルコニアビーズ
を用いて、アイガーミル(アイガージャパン社製「ミニモデルM-250 MKII」)で5時間分散した後、5.0μmのフィルタで濾過し、着色組成物(RP-1)を作製した。
微細化ジケトピロロピロール顔料(2-1)         12.6部
色素誘導体A                        0.7部
色素誘導体B                        0.7部
樹脂型分散剤溶液1                    12.0部
バインダ樹脂溶液1                     6.0部
プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート     68.0部
 着色組成物(RP-1)全体に対して、水分量は1.1%、特定金属原子の合計量は190ppmであった。
<Production of coloring composition>
[Example 101]
(Preparation of coloring composition (RP-1))
After stirring and mixing the following mixture uniformly, using zirconia beads with a diameter of 0.5 mm, after dispersing for 5 hours with an Eiger mill (manufactured by Eiger Japan Co., Ltd. "Mini Model M-250 MKII"), 5.0 μm to prepare a coloring composition (RP-1).
Micronized diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (2-1) 12.6 parts Dye derivative A 0.7 parts Dye derivative B 0.7 parts Resin type dispersant solution 1 12.0 parts Binder resin solution 1 6.0 parts Propylene glycol Monomethyl ether acetate 68.0 parts With respect to the entire coloring composition (RP-1), the water content was 1.1%, and the total content of specific metal atoms was 190 ppm.
[実施例102~144]
(着色組成物(RP-2~44)の作製)
微細化ジケトピロロピロール顔料(2-1)を表3に記載の微細化ジケトピロロピロール顔料、微細化顔料組成物またはジケトピロロピロール顔料に変更した以外は着色組成物(RP-1)と同様にして着色組成物(RP-2~44)を作製した。
[Examples 102 to 144]
(Preparation of colored composition (RP-2 to 44))
Finely divided diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (2-1) except for changing to finely divided diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, finely divided pigment composition or diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment described in Table 3 Coloring composition (RP-1) Coloring compositions (RP-2 to 44) were prepared in the same manner.
[実施例145]
(着色組成物(RP-45)の作製)
 下記の混合物を均一になるように攪拌混合した後、直径0.5mmのジルコニアビーズ
を用いて、アイガーミル(アイガージャパン社製「ミニモデルM-250 MKII」)で5時間分散した後、5.0μmのフィルタで濾過し、着色組成物(RP-45)を作製した。
微細化ジケトピロロピロール顔料(2-9)         12.6部
色素誘導体A                        0.7部
色素誘導体B                        0.7部
樹脂型分散剤溶液1                    12.0部
 バインダ樹脂溶液1                    6.0部
 プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート    67.0部
 イオン交換水                       1.0部
 着色組成物(RP-45)全体に対して、水分量は2.4%、特定金属原子の合計量は190ppmであった。
[Example 145]
(Preparation of coloring composition (RP-45))
After stirring and mixing the following mixture uniformly, using zirconia beads with a diameter of 0.5 mm, after dispersing for 5 hours with an Eiger mill (manufactured by Eiger Japan Co., Ltd. "Mini Model M-250 MKII"), 5.0 μm to prepare a coloring composition (RP-45).
Micronized diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (2-9) 12.6 parts Dye derivative A 0.7 parts Dye derivative B 0.7 parts Resin type dispersant solution 1 12.0 parts Binder resin solution 1 6.0 parts Propylene glycol Monomethyl ether acetate 67.0 parts Ion-exchanged water 1.0 parts With respect to the entire coloring composition (RP-45), the water content was 2.4%, and the total amount of specific metal atoms was 190 ppm.
[実施例146]
(着色組成物(RP-46)の作製)
着色組成物(RP-9)にモレキュラシーブを投入し、24時間放置したものを濾過して、着色組成物(RP-46)とした。
着色組成物(RP-46)全体に対して、水分量は0.4%、特定金属原子の合計量は170ppmであった。
[Example 146]
(Preparation of coloring composition (RP-46))
A molecular sieve was added to the coloring composition (RP-9), and the mixture was allowed to stand for 24 hours and filtered to obtain a coloring composition (RP-46).
The water content was 0.4% and the total amount of specific metal atoms was 170 ppm with respect to the entire coloring composition (RP-46).
(微細化ジケトピロロピロール顔料(2-9)の精製1)
微細化ジケトピロロピロール顔料(2-9)の製造において、水6Lの水洗3回を、水3Lの水洗1回に変更した以外は実施例1と同様の操作を行った。
(Purification 1 of micronized diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (2-9))
In the production of finely divided diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (2-9), the same operation as in Example 1 was performed, except that washing with 6 L of water three times was changed to washing with 3 L of water once.
(微細化ジケトピロロピロール顔料(2-9)の精製2)
微細化ジケトピロロピロール顔料(2-9)の製造において、水6Lの水洗3回を、イオン交換水6Lの水洗3回に変更した以外は実施例1と同様の操作を行った。
(Purification 2 of micronized diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (2-9))
In the production of micronized diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (2-9), the same operation as in Example 1 was performed, except that washing with 6 L of water three times was changed to washing with 6 L of deionized water three times.
[実施例147]
(着色組成物(RP-47)の作製)
 微細化ジケトピロロピロール顔料(2-9)を、微細化ジケトピロロピロール顔料(2-9)の精製1で得られた化合物に変更した以外は、着色組成物(RP-9)と同様にして着色組成物(RP-47)を得た。
着色組成物(RP-47)全体に対して、水分量は1.5%、特定金属原子の合計量は1030ppmであった。
[Example 147]
(Preparation of coloring composition (RP-47))
Same as the coloring composition (RP-9), except that the micronized diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (2-9) was changed to the compound obtained in Purification 1 of the micronized diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (2-9) to obtain a coloring composition (RP-47).
The water content was 1.5% and the total amount of specific metal atoms was 1030 ppm with respect to the entire coloring composition (RP-47).
[実施例148]
(着色組成物(RP-48)の作製)
微細化ジケトピロロピロール顔料(2-9)を、微細化ジケトピロロピロール顔料(2-9)の精製2で得られた化合物に変更した以外は、着色組成物(RP-9)と同様にして着色組成物(RP-48)を得た。
着色組成物(RP-48)全体に対して、水分量は1.0%、特定金属原子の合計量は60ppmであった。
[Example 148]
(Preparation of coloring composition (RP-48))
Same as the coloring composition (RP-9), except that the micronized diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (2-9) was changed to the compound obtained in Purification 2 of the micronized diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (2-9) to obtain a coloring composition (RP-48).
The water content was 1.0% and the total amount of specific metal atoms was 60 ppm with respect to the entire coloring composition (RP-48).
[比較例101]
(着色組成物(RP-49)の作製)
 ジケトピロロピロール顔料(1-1)をC.I.ピグメントレッド254(BASF社「Irgazin RED L3630」)に変更して実施例41と同様の方法により微細化した顔料を、微細化ジケトピロロピロール顔料(2-1)の代わりに使用した以外は実施例101と同様の方法により着色組成物(RP-49)を作製した。
[Comparative Example 101]
(Preparation of coloring composition (RP-49))
C.I. I. Pigment Red 254 (BASF "Irgazin RED L3630") was changed to a finer pigment in the same manner as in Example 41, except that it was used instead of the finely divided diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (2-1). A coloring composition (RP-49) was prepared in the same manner as in Example 101.
[比較例102]
(着色組成物(RP-50)の作製)
 ジケトピロロピロール顔料(1-1)をC.I.ピグメントレッド272(BASF社「Irgazin RED K3800」)に変更して実施例41と同様の方法により微細化した顔料を、微細化ジケトピロロピロール顔料(2-1)の代わりに使用した以外は実施例101と同様の方法により着色組成物(RP-50)を作製した。
[Comparative Example 102]
(Preparation of coloring composition (RP-50))
C.I. I. Pigment Red 272 (BASF "Irgazin RED K3800") was changed to a finer pigment in the same manner as in Example 41, except that it was used instead of the finely divided diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (2-1). A coloring composition (RP-50) was prepared in the same manner as in Example 101.
[比較例103]
(着色組成物(RP-51)の作製)
ジケトピロロピロール顔料(1-1)を下記式(2)で表されるジケトピロロピロール顔料に変更して実施例41と同様の方法により微細化した顔料を、微細化ジケトピロロピロール顔料(2-1)の代わりに使用した以外は実施例101と同様の方法により着色組成物(RP-51)を作製した。
[Comparative Example 103]
(Preparation of coloring composition (RP-51))
The diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (1-1) was changed to a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment represented by the following formula (2), and the pigment finely divided by the same method as in Example 41 was used as a finely divided diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment. A coloring composition (RP-51) was prepared in the same manner as in Example 101 except that (2-1) was used instead.
 式(2)

formula (2)

<分散安定性評価>
(初期粘度、経時増粘率の測定)
 着色組成物の粘度は、着色組成物調整当日に、E型粘度計(東機産業社製「ELD型粘度計」)を用いて、25℃における初期粘度を測定した。そして、着色組成物調整当日から数えて7日間40℃で静置したものについて、25℃にサンプル温度を戻した後に、上記粘度測定法に従い、経時粘度を測定し、下式から経時増粘率を求めた。 
経時増粘率=(経時粘度)/(初期粘度)×100(%)
<Dispersion stability evaluation>
(Measurement of initial viscosity and rate of thickening over time)
For the viscosity of the coloring composition, the initial viscosity at 25° C. was measured using an E-type viscometer ("ELD type viscometer" manufactured by Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd.) on the day of preparation of the coloring composition. Then, for those left at 40 ° C. for 7 days counting from the day of coloring composition preparation, after returning the sample temperature to 25 ° C., the viscosity over time is measured according to the above viscosity measurement method, and the viscosity increase rate over time from the following formula asked for
Thickening rate over time = (viscosity over time) / (initial viscosity) x 100 (%)
(初期粘度、経時増粘率の評価)
 分散安定性に関しては、経時増粘率により評価を行った。結果を表4に示す。経時増粘率は80%以上120%未満であれば実用上耐えうる。この範囲を超え減粘又は増粘してしまうと、着色組成物をガラス基板に塗工するときに、同一の塗工条件で塗布することが出来ず、生産性に問題が出てきてしまう。より好ましくは、90%以上110%未満の範囲である。
○:経時増粘率90%以上110%未満 
△:経時増粘率80%以上90%未満、または110%以上120%未満 
×:経時増粘率80%未満、または120%以上
(Evaluation of initial viscosity and rate of thickening over time)
Dispersion stability was evaluated based on the rate of increase in viscosity over time. Table 4 shows the results. If the viscosity increase rate over time is 80% or more and less than 120%, it can be practically endured. If the viscosity is reduced or increased beyond this range, the coloring composition cannot be applied under the same coating conditions when applied to the glass substrate, resulting in productivity problems. More preferably, it is in the range of 90% or more and less than 110%.
○: Time-dependent viscosity increase rate of 90% or more and less than 110%
△: 80% or more and less than 90% of viscosity increase over time, or 110% or more and less than 120%
×: Less than 80% thickening rate over time, or 120% or more
 表4に示す通り、本発明のジケトピロロピロール顔料を用いた着色組成物は優れた分散安定性を示す。 As shown in Table 4, the coloring composition using the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment of the present invention exhibits excellent dispersion stability.
<黄色着色組成物の製造>
(着色組成物(YP-1)の作製)
 下記の混合物を均一になるように攪拌混合した後、直径0.5mmのジルコニアビーズ
を用いて、アイガーミル(アイガージャパン社製「ミニモデルM-250 MKII」)で5時間分散した後、5.0μmのフィルタで濾過し、着色組成物(YP-1)を作製した。
C.I.ピグメントレッドイエロー139          12.6部
(CINIC社製「Cinilex(R) Yellow SY3C」)        
色素誘導体C                        1.4部
樹脂型分散剤溶液1                    12.0部
バインダ樹脂溶液1                     6.0部
プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート     68.0部
<Production of yellow colored composition>
(Preparation of colored composition (YP-1))
After stirring and mixing the following mixture uniformly, using zirconia beads with a diameter of 0.5 mm, after dispersing for 5 hours with an Eiger mill (manufactured by Eiger Japan Co., Ltd. "Mini Model M-250 MKII"), 5.0 μm to prepare a coloring composition (YP-1).
C. I. Pigment Red Yellow 139 12.6 parts ("Cinilex (R) Yellow SY3C" manufactured by CINIC)
Dye derivative C 1.4 parts Resin type dispersant solution 1 12.0 parts Binder resin solution 1 6.0 parts Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 68.0 parts
<感光性着色組成物の製造>
[実施例201]
(感光性着色組成物(RR-1)の作製)
 下記の混合物を均一になるように攪拌混合した後、1μmのフィルタで濾過し、感光性着色組成物(RR-1)を作製した。また、着色組成物(RP-1)と着色組成物(YP-1)は塗膜の400nmの透過率が5%の時に、530nmの透過率が5%となるように混合比率を調整した。
着色組成物(RP-1)と着色組成物(YP-1)の合計  72.86部
バインダ樹脂溶液1                    1.40部
光重合性単量体(東亞合成社製「アロニックスM-402」) 1.70部
光重合性開始剤(BASF社製「IRGACURE OXE-02」)0.17部
プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート    23.87部
<Production of photosensitive coloring composition>
[Example 201]
(Preparation of photosensitive coloring composition (RR-1))
The following mixture was uniformly stirred and mixed, and then filtered through a 1 μm filter to prepare a photosensitive coloring composition (RR-1). The mixing ratio of the coloring composition (RP-1) and the coloring composition (YP-1) was adjusted so that the transmittance at 530 nm of the coating film was 5% when the transmittance at 400 nm was 5%.
Coloring composition (RP-1) and coloring composition (YP-1) total 72.86 parts binder resin solution 1 1.40 parts photopolymerizable monomer (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd. "Aronix M-402") 1 .70 parts Photopolymerization initiator (manufactured by BASF "IRGACURE OXE-02") 0.17 parts Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 23.87 parts
[実施例202~248、比較例201~203]
(感光性着色組成物(RR-2~51)の作製)
 着色組成物(RP-1)を表5記載の着色組成物に変更し、塗膜の400nmの透過率が5%の時に、530nmの透過率が5%となるように着色組成物(YP-1)との混合比率を変更した以外は、実施例201と同様の方法により感光性着色組成物(RR-2~51)を作製した。
[Examples 202 to 248, Comparative Examples 201 to 203]
(Preparation of photosensitive coloring composition (RR-2 to 51))
The coloring composition (RP-1) was changed to the coloring composition shown in Table 5, and the coloring composition (YP- 1) to prepare a photosensitive coloring composition (RR-2 to 51) in the same manner as in Example 201, except that the mixing ratio was changed.
<分散安定性評価>
 得られた感光性着色組成物の分散安定性について、着色組成物の分散安定性と同様に測定し、下記の基準で3段階評価した。
○:経時増粘率95%以上105%未満 
△:経時増粘率90%以上95%未満、または105%以上110%未満 
×:経時増粘率90%未満、または110%以上
<Dispersion stability evaluation>
The dispersion stability of the resulting photosensitive coloring composition was measured in the same manner as for the dispersion stability of the coloring composition, and evaluated in three stages according to the following criteria.
○: Time-dependent viscosity increase rate of 95% or more and less than 105%
△: 90% or more and less than 95% of viscosity increase over time, or 105% or more and less than 110%
×: Less than 90% thickening rate over time, or 110% or more
<着色力評価>
 得られた感光性着色組成物を、6インチガラスウエハ上に、平坦化膜用レジスト液(HL-18s:新日鐵化学社製)をスピンコート法により塗布し、プリベイクとして、100℃のホットプレートで6分加熱処理した。更に、230℃のオーブンにて1時間処理して、塗布膜を硬化させて1.0μmの平坦化膜を形成し、平坦化膜付きウエハを得た。次いで、得られたレジスト材を平坦化膜付ガラスウエハ上に、スピンコーターで塗布し、プリベイクとして、100℃のホットプレートで1分加熱処理した。次いで、i線ステッパー露光装置FPA-3000i5+(Canon(株)製)を使用して、365nmの波長で1.0μm四方の画素を形成するためのフォトマスクを通して露光量150mJ/cm2にてパターン露光を行った。露光後の塗膜を有機アルカリ現像液で1分、パドル現像を行った。パドル現像後、20秒スピンシャワーにて純水でリンスを行い、さらに純粋にて20秒間水洗を行った。その後、ウエハ上に残った水滴を高圧のエアーで飛ばし、基板を自然乾燥させ、正方形ピクセルパターンを形成させた。その後、230℃で20分加熱乾燥し評価基板を作成した。作成時、530nmの透過率が5%となるようにスピンコートの回転数を変更して調整した。
この塗膜の着色力について、下記の基準で3段階評価した。
○:膜厚が0.55μm未満 
△:膜厚が0.55μm以上、0.60μm未満
×:膜厚が0.60μm以上
<Color strength evaluation>
The resulting photosensitive coloring composition was coated on a 6-inch glass wafer with a flattening film resist solution (HL-18s: manufactured by Nippon Steel Chemical Co., Ltd.) by spin coating, and pre-baked at 100 ° C. hot. The plate was heat treated for 6 minutes. Further, the coated film was cured in an oven at 230° C. for 1 hour to form a 1.0 μm flattening film to obtain a wafer with a flattening film. Next, the resulting resist material was applied onto a flattening film-attached glass wafer by a spin coater, and pre-baked by heat treatment on a hot plate at 100° C. for 1 minute. Then, using an i-line stepper exposure apparatus FPA-3000i5+ (manufactured by Canon Inc.), pattern exposure was performed at a wavelength of 365 nm at an exposure amount of 150 mJ/cm through a photomask for forming 1.0 μm square pixels. went. The exposed coating film was puddle-developed with an organic alkaline developer for 1 minute. After the puddle development, it was rinsed with pure water for 20 seconds using a spin shower, and then washed with pure water for 20 seconds. After that, water droplets remaining on the wafer were blown off with high-pressure air, and the substrate was naturally dried to form a square pixel pattern. After that, it was dried by heating at 230° C. for 20 minutes to prepare an evaluation substrate. At the time of preparation, adjustment was made by changing the rotation speed of spin coating so that the transmittance at 530 nm was 5%.
The coloring strength of this coating film was evaluated in three grades according to the following criteria.
○: film thickness is less than 0.55 μm
Δ: film thickness is 0.55 μm or more and less than 0.60 μm ×: film thickness is 0.60 μm or more
<透過率評価>
 先の塗膜の透過率について、下記の基準で3段階評価した。
○:600nmの透過率が90%以上
△:600nmの透過率が85%以上、90%未満
×:600nmの透過率が85%未満
<Transmittance evaluation>
The transmittance of the previous coating film was evaluated in three grades according to the following criteria.
○: Transmittance at 600 nm is 90% or more △: Transmittance at 600 nm is 85% or more and less than 90% ×: Transmittance at 600 nm is less than 85%
 感光性着色組成物評価結果を表5に示す。 Table 5 shows the evaluation results of the photosensitive coloring composition.
 以上のように、本発明のジケトピロロピロール顔料により、優れた着色力、透過率、分散安定性を示す感光性着色組成物を得ることができる。 As described above, the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment of the present invention makes it possible to obtain a photosensitive coloring composition exhibiting excellent coloring power, transmittance and dispersion stability.
 さらに、これらの感光性着色組成物を使用することで、薄膜化や色分解性の向上、色再現性の向上したイメージセンサ用のカラーフィルタおよびセンサを提供できる。


 
Furthermore, by using these photosensitive coloring compositions, it is possible to provide a color filter for an image sensor with improved film thickness, improved color separation, and improved color reproducibility, and a sensor.


Claims (9)

  1.  下記一般式(1)で表されることを特徴とするジケトピロロピロール顔料。

     一般式(1)


    〔一般式(1)において、A、Aは、それぞれ独立して、置換基を有してもよい五員環または六員環を表し、環を形成する原子は、それぞれ独立して、炭素原子、酸素原子、または硫黄原子である。RおよびRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~10のアルキル基、またはハロゲン原子を表す。〕
    A diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment characterized by being represented by the following general formula (1).

    General formula (1)


    [In general formula (1), A 1 and A 2 each independently represent a five-membered or six-membered ring which may have a substituent, and the atoms forming the rings each independently A carbon atom, an oxygen atom, or a sulfur atom. R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom. ]
  2.  下記一般式(2)で表されることを特徴とするジケトピロロピロール顔料。

     一般式(2)


    〔一般式(2)において、X~Xは、それぞれ独立して、-CR-、-C(=O)-、-C(=S)-、酸素原子、または硫黄原子である。RおよびRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~10のアルキル基、またはハロゲン原子を表し、RおよびRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~10のアルキル基、または置換基を有してもよいフェニル基を表す。〕
    A diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment characterized by being represented by the following general formula (2).

    general formula (2)


    [In general formula (2), X 1 to X 6 are each independently -CR 5 R 6 -, -C(=O)-, -C(=S)-, an oxygen atom, or a sulfur atom; be. R 3 and R 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom; R 5 and R 6 each independently It represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or an optionally substituted phenyl group. ]
  3.  請求項1または2記載のジケトピロロピロール顔料と、色素誘導体とを含有することを特徴とする顔料組成物。 A pigment composition comprising the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment according to claim 1 or 2 and a dye derivative.
  4.  請求項1もしくは2記載のジケトピロロピロール顔料、または請求項3記載の顔料組成物と、有機溶剤とを含有することを特徴とする着色組成物。 A coloring composition comprising the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment according to claim 1 or 2 or the pigment composition according to claim 3, and an organic solvent.
  5.  さらに光重合性単量体および/または光重合性開始剤を含有することを特徴とする請求項4記載の着色組成物。 The coloring composition according to claim 4, further comprising a photopolymerizable monomer and/or a photopolymerizable initiator.
  6.  着色組成物中の水分量が、着色組成物全体に対して0.1~2.0質量%であることを特徴とする請求項4または5記載の着色組成物。 The coloring composition according to claim 4 or 5, wherein the water content in the coloring composition is 0.1 to 2.0% by mass with respect to the entire coloring composition.
  7.  着色組成物が、Li、Na、K、Cs、Mg、Ca、Fe、Cr、およびZrから選ばれる金属原子を含む金属成分を含有し、着色組成物全体に対し、前記金属成分中の前記金属原子の合計量が1~1000質量ppmであることを特徴とする請求項4~6いずれか1項記載の着色組成物。 The coloring composition contains a metal component containing metal atoms selected from Li, Na, K, Cs, Mg, Ca, Fe, Cr, and Zr, and the metal in the metal component for the entire coloring composition The coloring composition according to any one of claims 4 to 6, wherein the total amount of atoms is 1 to 1000 mass ppm.
  8.  基材上に、請求項4~7いずれか1項記載の着色組成物により形成されてなる被膜を有するカラーフィルタ。 A color filter having a film formed from the colored composition according to any one of claims 4 to 7 on a substrate.
  9.  請求項8記載のカラーフィルタを有するセンサ。 A sensor having the color filter according to claim 8.
PCT/JP2023/005890 2022-03-02 2023-02-20 Diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, pigment composition, colored composition, color filter, and sensor WO2023167026A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022031825A JP2023127878A (en) 2022-03-02 2022-03-02 Diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, pigment composition, colored composition, color filter, and sensor
JP2022-031825 2022-03-02

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023167026A1 true WO2023167026A1 (en) 2023-09-07

Family

ID=87883515

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2023/005890 WO2023167026A1 (en) 2022-03-02 2023-02-20 Diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, pigment composition, colored composition, color filter, and sensor

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2023127878A (en)
TW (1) TW202336165A (en)
WO (1) WO2023167026A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH08245897A (en) * 1994-11-04 1996-09-24 Ciba Geigy Ag Yellow diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment
JP2001097975A (en) * 1999-09-27 2001-04-10 Ciba Specialty Chem Holding Inc Fluorescent diketopyrrolopyrrole
JP2011046851A (en) * 2009-08-28 2011-03-10 Toyo Ink Mfg Co Ltd Material for organic electroluminescent element coated with low-molecular weight material, ink composition for organic electroluminescent element and organic electroluminescent element
JP2016510052A (en) * 2013-03-06 2016-04-04 ビーエーエスエフ ソシエタス・ヨーロピアBasf Se Novel heterocyclic fluorescent dye and method for producing the same

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH08245897A (en) * 1994-11-04 1996-09-24 Ciba Geigy Ag Yellow diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment
JP2001097975A (en) * 1999-09-27 2001-04-10 Ciba Specialty Chem Holding Inc Fluorescent diketopyrrolopyrrole
JP2011046851A (en) * 2009-08-28 2011-03-10 Toyo Ink Mfg Co Ltd Material for organic electroluminescent element coated with low-molecular weight material, ink composition for organic electroluminescent element and organic electroluminescent element
JP2016510052A (en) * 2013-03-06 2016-04-04 ビーエーエスエフ ソシエタス・ヨーロピアBasf Se Novel heterocyclic fluorescent dye and method for producing the same

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2023127878A (en) 2023-09-14
TW202336165A (en) 2023-09-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP4993026B1 (en) Colorant for color filter, coloring composition, and color filter
JP5577647B2 (en) Color filter coloring composition and color filter
JP5583353B2 (en) Colored curable composition for solid-state imaging device, color filter, and production method thereof
JP2012229344A (en) Azo pigment, coloring composition, and color filter
JP2018017856A (en) Green colored composition for solid-state image sensor and color filter for solid-state image sensor
JP2018040835A (en) Color filter coloring composition and color filter
JP5786159B2 (en) Colorant for color filter, coloring composition, and color filter
JP7334525B2 (en) Photosensitive coloring composition, and color filter and liquid crystal display device using the same
JP2018128585A (en) Red colored composition for solid-state image sensor and color filter for solid-state image sensor
WO2023167026A1 (en) Diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, pigment composition, colored composition, color filter, and sensor
JP2023057917A (en) Diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, coloring composition, color filter and sensor
JP2023109633A (en) Colorant, coloring composition, color filter and sensor
JP7119387B2 (en) Photosensitive coloring composition for color filter and color filter
JP2022172508A (en) Yellow colorant, coloring composition, color filter, and sensor including the same, and method for producing yellow colorant
JP7263856B2 (en) Photosensitive coloring composition, and color filter and liquid crystal display device using the same
JP7318770B2 (en) Photosensitive coloring composition for color filter and color filter
JP7064090B2 (en) Pigment compositions for color filters, coloring compositions, and color filters
JP7472521B2 (en) Photosensitive coloring composition, color filter, and image display device
JP7172477B2 (en) Coloring composition for color filter and color filter
JP2022183430A (en) Photosensitive coloring composition for color filters used in solid-state imaging devices, color filter, and solid-state imaging device
JP2022011028A (en) Photosensitive coloring composition, color filter having filter segment including the same, and image display device
JP6678003B2 (en) Coloring composition for solid-state imaging device and color filter
JP2023092449A (en) Coloring agent, colored composition for color filter, cured film, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and solid imaging element
JP2023061273A (en) Diketopyrrolopyrrole dye derivative for color filter, production method of dye derivative, pigment composition, coloring composition, color filter, liquid crystal display device, and solid image pickup device
JP2024038777A (en) Photosensitive coloring compositions, color filters, liquid crystal display devices, solid-state image sensors, and infrared sensors

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23763285

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1